Quarterlytics / On the Beach Group

On the Beach Group

otb · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker otb
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · On the Beach Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
O

n

t

h

e

B

e

a

c

h

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

&

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

F

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

0

S

e

p

t

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

1

8

1

TOTAL FINANCIAL
P R O T E C T I O N

On the Beach Group plc
Annual Report
& Accounts

For the year ended 30 September 2018

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome to On the Beach

With over 20% 
share of online 
sales in the short 
haul beach holiday 
market, we are one 
of the UK’s largest 
online beach 
holiday retailers.

With significant opportunities for growth, we’re 
on a long-term mission to become Europe’s 
leading online retailer of beach holidays, so our 
story’s only really just begun.

Here at On the Beach we’re providing a 
significant structural challenge to legacy tour 
operators as we continue our journey to disrupt 
the online retail of beach holidays with our 
scalable, flexible, innovative technology, a 
strong customer-value proposition and a low 
cost base. 

Our model is customer-centric, asset light, 
profitable and cash generative.

Visit us online at:
www.onthebeachgroupplc.com (Corporate)
www.onthebeach.co.uk (UK)
www.ebeach.se (Sweden)
www.ebeach.no (Norway)
www.ebeach.dk (Denmark)
www.sunshine.co.uk (UK)
www.classiccollection.co.uk (UK travel agent)

2
2

 ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
Contents

Strategic Report

04       Our history timeline
05       At a glance
07       Business model
08       Chair of the Board report
12       Chief Executive’s report
16       Key performance indicators
18       Chief Financial Officer’s report
23       Risk management and principal  

risks and uncertainties
34       Corporate social responsibility
41       Awards & achievements

Governance

43       Chairman’s statement
44       Stakeholder engagement
45       Directors’ biographies
48       Corporate governance statement
55       Report of the nomination committee
57       Report of the audit committee
61       Directors’ remuneration report
85       Other statutory and regulatory disclosures
89       Independent auditor’s report to the members of    

On the Beach Group plc

94       Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect 

of the annual report and the financial  
statements

Financial Statements

96       Consolidated income statement and statement 

of comprehensive income

97  Consolidated balance sheet
98     Consolidated statement of cashflows
99      Consolidated statement of changes in equity
100     Notes to the consolidated financial statements
132    Company balance sheet
133    Company statement of changes in equity
134    Notes to the Company financial statements
136     Glossary of alternative performance measures  

(APMs)

139    Shareholder information

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

3

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

04       Our history timeline
05       At a glance
07       Business model
08       Chair of the Board report
12       Chief Executive’s report
16       Key performance indicators
18       Chief Financial Officer’s report
23       Risk management and principal  

risks and uncertainties
34       Corporate social responsibility
41       Awards & achievements

OUR HISTORY TIMELINE

2004
Established by 
CEO, Simon 
Cooper; On the 
Beach launched 
its first website.

2011

79% of the 
Group’s bookings 
were made online.
On the Beach 
launched its own 
proprietary 
technology 
platform.

2014
On the Beach 
continued to 
optimise its 
technology 
platform, grew its 
direct contracting 
and invested in 
TV advertising.

2016
On the Beach 
achieves 
outstanding 
profit growth 
against a 
challenging 
market backdrop.

2018
  Entered FTSE 250 in March  
  2018.
  Acquired Classic Collection  
  Holidays for a net

consideration of £20m in  

  August 2018.
  Launched eBeach.dk in  
  Denmark.

2007
Livingbridge 
acquired a majority 
stake in the Group 
for £36 million.

2013
Inflexion Equity 
Partners 
acquired a 
majority stake in 
the Group from 
Livingbridge.

2015
Launched an 
international 
platform in 
Sweden under the 
“ebeach.se” 
domain name. On 
28 September 
2015, On the 
Beach listed on 
the London Stock 
Exchange.

2017
On 9 May 2017, 
On the Beach 
completed the 
acquisition of 
Sunshine.co.uk 
Limited, an 
online travel 
agent based in 
the UK, for a net 
consideration of 
£12m. 

4

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
At a glance

On the Beach has again 
experienced strong growth 
and made a further strategic 
acquisition.

Financial highlights Group

›  Group revenue(1) increased 24.5% to  

£104.1m (FY17: £83.6m) 

›  Group gross profit(2) increased 10.8% to  

£92.6m (FY17: £83.6m) 

›  Group operating profit before tax   

increased 17.9% to £33.6m (FY17:  
£28.5m)

›  Group profit before tax increased 23.7%

to £26.1m (FY17: £21.1m)  
›  Strong cash conversion of 79%  

(FY17: 79%) – adjusted operating cash  
conversion(5) 90%  (FY17: 88%)
›  Net external cash(6) at year end of  

£47.3m (FY17: £33.0m)  

›  Proposed final dividend of 2.2p per  

share, totalling 3.3p per share for the  
year (FY17: 2.8p per share), an increase  
of 17.9%

Group gross profit (2) £m

£92.6m
+ 10.8%

Group operating profit 
before amortisation & 
exceptional costs £m

£34.0m
+12.2%

Group profit before tax £m

£26.1m
+23.7%

FY17: £83.6m

FY17: £30.3m

FY17: £21.1m

Group adjusted profit before 
tax(3) £m

£33.6m
+17.9%

FY17: £28.5m

Adjusted earnings per share(4)

Net external cash(6) £m

21.2p
+20.5%
FY17: 17.6p

£47.3m

FY17: £33.0m

Basic & diluted EPS pence

Adjusted cash conversion (5)

Total dividend per share pence

16.5p
+19.6%

FY17: 13.8p

90%

3.3p
+17.9%

FY17: 88%

FY17: 2.8p per share

(1)  Group revenue includes revenue from Classic Collection Holidays Limited (“Classic”) for the   
period since acquisition (15th August 2018) of £13.2m. Classic accounts for revenue  
on a “travelled” basis as a principal and therefore reports revenue on a gross basis

(2)	 Group	gross	profit	includes	revenue	from	Classic	less	cost	of	sales	and	agents’	commission	of		

£1.7m

(3)	 Group	adjusted	profit	before	tax	is	profit	before	tax,	amortisation	of	acquired	intangibles	of		
£4.6m	(FY17:	£4.3m),	share	based	payments	£1.4m	(FY17:	£0.5m),	exceptional	costs	of
£0.6m (FY17: £2.6m) and one-off property and litigation costs of £0.9m (FY17: nil)

(4)	 Adjusted	earnings	per	share	is	Group	adjusted	profit	after	tax	divided	by	the	average	number		

of shares in issue during the period

(5)	 Underlying	cash	conversion	is	operating	cash	flow	divided	by	EBITDA	excluding	the	impact		

of	the	acquisition	of	Classic	and	capital	expenditure	for	the	new	HQ	

(6)	 Net	external	cash	is	defined	as	cash	and	cash	equivalents	excluding	the	trust	accounts

Please see glossary of alternative performance measures (APMs) on page 136 for  
reconciliations to nearest GAAP number.

5

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
Core revenue £m

Core revenue after marketing costs £m

£89.3m
+9.0%

£52.0m
+15.8%

FY17: £81.9m

FY17: £44.9m

Adjusted core EBITDA(7)  £m

Core EBITDA  % of revenue

£37.9m
+14.2%
FY17: £33.2m

42.4%

FY17: 40.5%

(7)	 Adjusted	Core	EBITDA	excludes	exceptional	costs,	share	based	payments		
and one-off property and litigation costs. See Glossary on page 136 for the
reconciliation to the nearest GAAP measure.

International EBITDA loss £m

Revenue £m

£(2.2)m
+10.0%

FY17: £(2.0)m

£1.6m
-5.9%
FY17: £1.7m

At a glance

Financial highlights Core 
(excludes Classic)

›  Core revenue up 9.0% to £89.3m

(FY17: £81.9m)

›  Core revenue after marketing costs up  
15.8% to £52.0m (FY17: £44.9m) 
›  Adjusted Core EBITDA(7) up 14.2% to  

£37.9m (FY17: £33.2m) 

›  Core EBITDA as a percentage of revenue  

increased to 42.4% (FY17: 40.5%)
›  Branded and free traffic increased to  
63.9% of overall traffic (FY17: 59.3%)

›  Percentage of revenue spent on    
  marketing decreased to 41.8% 

(FY17: 45.2%)

Financial highlights 
International

›  After significant growth of 51.0% in H1,
International revenue decreased by  
(5.9)% for the full year (FY17: 48.0%).  
  Revenue was heavily impacted by the  

unprecedented hot summer in   
Scandinavia leading to lower demand for  
holidays and widespread discounting of
distressed product by Sweden’s leading  
tour operators. We therefore reduced  
  marketing activity to a background level,
  with a significant impact on revenue but

a saving versus forecasted losses with a  
view to reinvesting at the start of the  
new financial year

›  Launch of third international market in  
  Denmark 
› 

International EBITDA loss of £(2.2)m  
(FY17: £(2.0)m)

Financial highlights Classic

›  Acquired 15 August 2018
›  As it is a principal rather than an agent, 
  Classic reports on a “travelled” basis
›  EBITDA £1.1m in period since acquisition

6

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business model 

STRUCTURAL 
MARKET 
GROWTH & 
Business Model
MARKET 
SHARE 
GROWTH

ADDRESSABLE MARKET

Short haul 
beach holidays 
dynamically 
packaged

X

Online
penetration

X

OTB share of 
market traffic

=

Unique 
visitors

PERSONALISE 
CUSTOMER 
PROPOSITION 
& LEVERAGE £ 
REVENUE

DRIVE 
EFFICIENT 
SHARE 
GROWTH & 
STRENGTHEN 
BRAND

X

£ Revenue per 
booking

X

Conversion

=

Revenue per 
unique 
visitor

=

Revenue

-

Unique 
visitors

X

Marketing 
spend per 
unique visitor

=

Marketing 
investment

-

Fixed and 
Variable Costs

OTB’s business model is centred on driving efficient growth in 
market share while maintaining and improving both conversion and 
£ revenue per booking

SCALE DRIVES
OPERATIONAL 
LEVERAGE

Our strategic initiatives are focused on driving the performance of 
all of these levers

=

PBT

EBITDA growth is the cumulative effect of improvements in 
performance of all of the levers individually

7

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChair of the Board report

“The Group’s success is 
attributable to strong 
leadership, clear strategy and 
vision, investment in people and 
technology, a resilient business 
model and entrepreneurial, 
innovative and dynamic culture.”

Lee Ginsberg
Chair of the Board, On the Beach Group plc

Group gross profit £m

£92.6m
+ 10.8%

Group profit before tax £m

£26.1m
+23.7%

FY17: £83.6m

FY17: £21.1m

Core revenue after marketing costs £m

Net external cash(3) £m

£52.0m
+15.8%

£47.3m

FY17: £44.9m

FY17: £33.0m

I am delighted to provide the Group’s results for the year 
ended 30 September 2018 (FY18). On the Beach has seen 
another year of strong growth and is at an exciting time in its 
development. My fellow directors and I, and the executive team, 
look forward to working together to create further value for all 
stakeholders. 

On the Beach success story: another milestone
One of the highlights of the year was On the Beach’s entry 
into the FTSE 250 in March 2018 which marked an important 
milestone in the Group’s history and reflected the success that 
On the Beach continues to enjoy.

The Group’s success is attributable to a number of factors, 
including strong leadership, a dedicated and talented 
workforce, a clear strategy and vision, investment in people 
and technology, a strong and resilient business model and the 
Group’s entrepreneurial, innovative and dynamic culture. 
On the Beach continues to focus on driving long-term, 
sustainable growth, building strong relationships with key 
stakeholder groups and establishing a culture which is aligned 
with the Group’s strategy, vision and values.

FY18: financial performance and final dividend
In each of the three years since listing, On the Beach has 
encountered significant headwinds, including terrorism, the 
Brexit referendum, currency fluctuations, shifting consumer 
demand and reduced consumer confidence. FY18 presented 
its fair share of headwinds, including the collapse of Monarch 
airlines, flight capacity constraints, the hottest summer for 40 
years and the football World Cup in which England performed 
strongly, all of which have affected consumer confidence and 
demand for beach holidays. 

Despite this challenging and unstable trading backdrop, On 
the Beach has consistently delivered impressive growth in the 
face of these headwinds, underlining its strong and resilient 
business model, which is evident more than ever in the financial 
results for FY18.

In FY18, Group revenue was £104.1m (FY17: £83.6m 
(+24.5%)). This included £13.2m of revenue from Classic 
which was acquired on 15 August 2018. Group’s gross profit 
increased 10.8% to £92.6m (FY17: £83.6m). Although revenue 
growth was slower than expected, increased marketing 
efficiency led to strong growth in revenue after marketing which 
was £52.0m (FY17: £44.9m  (+15.8% year on year)) and Group 
adjusted profit before tax which was £33.6m (FY17:	£28.5m), 
an increase of 17.9% on the prior year.

At the year-end, On the Beach’s balance sheet was strong with 
net external cash balances of £47.3m (FY17: £33.0m) and the 
Board is pleased to declare a final dividend of 2.2p per share, 
totalling 3.3p per share for the year, an increase of 17.9%.

8

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
Investment in people, technology & brand
On the Beach is committed to investing in its people, 
technology and brand. 

To support our continued ability to out-innovate the market 
and attract and retain top talent in a fiercely competitive 
environment, we have relocated our head office to a bespoke, 
state of the art digital office space in central Manchester, and 
we will be refurbishing our current office space in Cheadle 
where our Contact Centre will continue to be based. We 
recently welcomed Stefan Nordin to the business as our new 
Chief Technology Officer, whose experience and leadership 
skills will support us to achieve our ambition to double the size 
of our tech team in the next three to five years.

On the Beach continues to develop its people strategy to 
align with overall business strategy, and the Remuneration 
Committee has expanded its remit to incorporate remuneration 
and benefits for the wider business rather than just Executive 
Directors and senior management. The Committee has 
introduced new reward mechanisms for top performers 
throughout the business, as well as reviewing the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors, to ensure the 
business has the tools to attract and retain the talent it needs to 
achieve its strategy.

We have continued to invest in the On the Beach brand 
through both online and offline marketing. Our brand continues 
to strengthen, supported by a national TV marketing campaign 
and sponsorship of the ITV programme, Benidorm. As a result, 
On the Beach is now one of the most visible online beach 
holiday brands, leading to consumers having more trust and 
confidence in the brand.

Strategic expansion & international markets
As well as driving growth in the core business, On the Beach 
continues to explore further opportunities for strategic growth, 
including international growth, expansion of the Group’s 
long-haul offering, distribution via travel agents through the 
Group’s recent acquisition of Classic, and strategic acquisition 
opportunities.

On the Beach has continued to make progress in our 
international markets, with the launch of eBeach.dk in Denmark 
during the year, completing our Scandinavian rollout.

After significant growth of +51% in H1 FY18, the whole of 
Scandinavia experienced unprecedented warm weather from 
May until August, which weakened demand and severely 
affected eBeach’s competitive position in the market due to 
heavy discounting by the tour operators. This led to a significant 
impact on full year revenue performance (International revenue 
decreased by 5.9% compared with +48% in FY17) but we 
reduced marketing spend in line with reduced demand.

Diversity & inclusion
The benefits of a diverse and inclusive leadership and 
workforce are clear, with the widest range of perspectives 
leading to increased creativity, innovation, debate, 
understanding and ultimately better decision making. Our 
company values are respect, innovation, simplicity, customer 
experience and communication. It therefore follows that 
diversity and inclusion have to be at the very heart of our 
culture and fully embedded in the business if we are to live up 
to our values and achieve our strategy.

As diversity and inclusion are so critical to the long-term 
success of the company, this has been an area of particular 
focus during FY18, and has been central to a number of 
initiatives during the year, including Board appointments, 
senior management appointments and succession planning, 
stakeholder engagement (both employee and shareholder), 
our people strategy, and our review of our corporate culture.

The appointment to the Board of Elaine O’Donnell has gone 
some way to addressing the gender imbalance on the Board, 
but the Board continues to consider its composition and the 
Nomination Committee will continue to focus on diversity 
in the widest form when considering any further Board 
vacancies. The Board will continue its focus on diversity and 
inclusion to ensure the Group’s succession planning, people 
strategy, and culture supports an increasingly diverse pipeline 
of talent feeding into the most senior levels of the business.

Corporate governance and Board changes
The Board works effectively as a team with the appropriate 
combination of examination, control, challenge, support and 
encouragement of the Executive Directors from the Non-
Executive Directors. The Board carefully reviews ongoing 
trading performance, agrees upon the Group’s future strategic 
direction, monitors risk and control processes and ensures 
that corporate governance is appropriately managed. We 
undertook an evaluation of the directors and the functioning 
of the Board and its committees during the year which 
demonstrated that the Board has the appropriate balance of 
skills and experience and operates effectively.

We had a number of Board changes during the year, which 
were overseen by the Nomination Committee.

Elaine O’Donnell was appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director in July 2018, and took up the post of Chair of Audit 
Committee in September 2018. We extend a warm welcome 
to Elaine, who brings to the Board a wealth of experience 
across a range of businesses and her expertise will be of 
enormous benefit. 

9

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
  
Chair of the Board report

Richard Segal, who served as On the Beach’s Chairman 
since 2013, stepped down in September 2018. The Directors 
express their sincere thanks for the valuable contribution made 
by Richard over the years and wish him every success for 
the future. Following the recommendation of the Nomination 
Committee, I took the role as Chair of the Board and of the 
Nomination Committee, and I stepped down from my role as 
Senior Independent Director and Chair of Audit Committee, in 
September 2018. At the same time, David Kelly was appointed 
as Senior Independent Director.

I will step down as Chair of the Board and of the Nomination 
Committee at the end of November in order to focus on other 
time-commitments, but I will continue to serve as Non-
Executive Director of the Company. David Kelly will serve as 
Chair of the Board on an interim basis while the Nomination 
Committee oversees the search for a permanent Chair of the 
Board. 

The Board is committed to ever-increasing standards of 
corporate governance. Although the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code will not apply to the Company until the 
reporting year ending 30 September 2020, the Board is already 
taking steps to comply with the new code, in particular in 
relation to stakeholder engagement and corporate culture.

Current trading and outlook
The first quarter of our financial year (calendar Q4) is historically 
the quietest trading period for the Group. We are pleased to 
report a strong early trading performance, supported by a 
slightly earlier release of summer capacity by major low cost 
carriers, lower year-on-year seat prices for winter departures 
and a continued efficiency in marketing spend. This current 
performance is in line with our expectations and the Board 
believes the business is well positioned for the key trading 
period that commences in late December and continues into Q1 
2019. 

Whilst the consumer environment continues to be challenging, 
we remain confident in the resilience and flexibility of our 
business model. The Board will also continue to evaluate 
acquisition opportunities that will both increase scale and 
deliver value for shareholders.

The Board will provide a further update on trading at the AGM 
on 7 February 2019.

AGM
Our AGM will be held at 11am on 7 February 2019 at the 
Group’s new headquarters at Aeroworks, 5 Adair Street, 
Manchester, M1 2NQ. 

We look forward to welcoming shareholders.

Lee Ginsberg
Chair of the Board, On the Beach Group plc
28 November 2018

10

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

OTB GROWTH STRATEGY
Huge opportunities exist to build significant 
share of our core and adjacent markets

N

N SI O

A
P
X
E

R C O

U
O

OFFLINE

ONLINE

E

R

Drive TRAFFIC 
through branded & 
direct channels

Personalise
offering to drive 
CONVERSION

LONG HAUL

SHORT
HAUL

INNOVATE THROUGH 
INVESTMENT IN TALENT 
& TECHNOLOGY

UK

INTERNATIONAL

Drive REVENUE 
through direct & 
differentiated supply 

INSPIRE customers 
who are destination 
agnostic

BEACH
HOLIDAY

HOTEL 
ONLY & 
VILLAS

11

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSChief Executive Officer’s report

On the Beach continues to be a dynamic, entrepreneurial 
and ambitious business. We deliver value-for-money beach 
holidays to our customers that are personalised to their 
individual needs. We maintain a daily focus to improve the 
quality of our customer proposition and the value that we 
provide to our growing customer base.

We have focused on driving traffic to site efficiently with 
improvements to our bespoke bid management capability, 
driving Group online marketing spend as a percentage of 
revenue down 4.1 percentage points to 37.2% and our 
revenue after marketing costs increasing 15.8%.

Our continued growth has been delivered by executing a 
simple strategy to personalise our customer proposition to 
increase conversion and improve margin, and at the same 
time drive an efficient increase in our market traffic share. Our 
growth provides further evidence of our ability to gain market 
share from traditional tour operators and other online travel 
agents (OTAs) in a summer where unprecedented weather 
conditions weakened demand for beach holidays.

The business has also adapted to manage significant 
legislative change within the financial year including the 
implementation of the second Payment Services Directive 
(prohibition of credit card charges for consumers) (PSD2), 
the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and The 
Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 
(PTRs).

Growth
Growth has come as a result of:
›  Driving an efficient increase in our share of market, while  
investment into our brand has also increased awareness  

  with branded share of traffic at its highest ever level of  

63.9% of overall traffic (FY17: 59.3%).

›  Optimisation and personalisation of our market-leading  
  multi-device customer proposition driving an increase  

in both the number of unique visitors, and the revenue per
unique visitor. Smartphone traffic is now 66% of total 
traffic and smartphone bookings have increased 48%
year on year.
Increasing the directness of our relationships with end  
suppliers to achieve 70% of hotels sourced directly.
›  Continuing to provide the highest possible level of 

› 

customer service by investing in our service staff and  
function to increase repeat purchase volumes by 14%  
year on year.

›  Driving an increasing proportion of sales into exclusive
product whilst maintaining our lean cost base and risk
free model.
Investing to increase the visibility of the Sunshine.co.uk
brand in the paid search auction.

› 

›  The acquisition of Classic, which supports our strategic
goal to gain a share of the offline market by providing  
third party agencies with an online portal which allows  
access to a wide range of value-for-money beach holiday  
product.

“On the Beach continues to be 
a dynamic, entrepreneurial and 
ambitious business. We deliver 
value-for-money beach holidays 
to our customers that are 
personalised to their individual 
needs.”

Simon Cooper
Chief Executive Officer

Group gross profit £m

Core revenue after marketing costs £m

£92.6m
+ 10.8%

FY17: £83.6m

£52.0m
+15.8%

FY17: £44.9m

12

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market
We believe that overall demand for short haul beach holidays 
was slightly down on the previous year because of the 
unprecedented warm weather from May through to August. 
These weather conditions had a particularly noticeable effect 
on the lates market. We expect that continued growth in online 
penetration resulted in our addressable market remaining 
broadly flat year on year.

We have observed the following market trends:
›  A strong return in appetite for customers to travel to  

destinations in the Eastern Mediterranean, most notably  
Turkey.

›  A shortfall in seat capacity following the Monarch collapse  
for departures in the winter and spring followed by a  
significant increase in seat prices.

›  Lower seat price inflation for summer departures because of
a reprogramming of capacity and a reduction in demand in  
the lates market.

›  Aggressive discounting by tour operators in the lates  
  market to fill risk capacity.
›  Strong demand for forward bookings with a slight  
  weakness in the recent period, perhaps attributable to 
confusion / confidence over the outcome of Brexit
negotiations.

Investment in brand
We have continued to invest in an efficient multi-channel 
approach supported by our sophisticated bid management 
capability and have enhanced our cross-device attribution 
capability, giving us greater clarity on the return on marketing 
investment of multi-device traffic. This has allowed us to 
continue to take share of market traffic, with increasing 
efficiency. The auction dynamics have remained relatively 
benign throughout FY18 with transient periods of aggressive 
spending by a range of competitors.

Our brand continues to strengthen, supported by our 
investment into a fully national offline marketing campaign and 
sponsorship of the ITV show Benidorm. We have optimised 
our in-house econometric modelling to allow us to monitor 
the effectiveness of our offline marketing spend and are well 
advanced with our planning for our largest ever campaign 
in 2019. In the three years since we launched iPhone, iPad 
and Android apps, we have achieved in excess of one million 
downloads, and an increasing percentage of traffic and 
bookings comes via our mobile apps. We have also invested 
to build booking management capabilities and reminder 
functionality into our apps so that customers can interact with 
us via the app throughout the period before, during and after 
their holidays.

Investment in people
We have increased our investment to multi-skill our customer-
facing staff to ensure that we can provide an even higher level 
of customer support for all of our valued customers and support 
the sale of package holidays post the implementation of the 
new PTRs on 1 July 2018. We are delighted to have maintained 
our excellent Net Promoter Scores and that our repeat purchase 
rates have increased significantly through FY18. 

The Group has now moved its headquarters into a bespoke 
facility close to the centre of Manchester and believes this will 
better support our drive to recruit and retain the best digital 
talent to allow us to out-innovate the market. The Contact 
Centre will continue to operate from its current base in Cheadle, 
where we will refit the existing contact centre with 50% more 
desk space to support our continued growth.

We continue to recruit and grow talent internally and have 
recently moved to a twice annual ‘Ruby Academy’ to train 
20 internal and external candidates each year to add to our 
technology teams. In October we welcomed our new CTO 
Stefan Nordin into the business and we believe his prior 
experience will greatly assist us in our ambition to double the 
size of our digital capability over the next three-to-five years. 
We are also pleased to welcome on board the team of 124 
staff from Classic who will continue to operate out of Classic’s 
existing office in Worthing.

Investment in product
We have been able to drive growth in our direct contracting 
function, building on the strong foundations which were put in 
place in previous years and delivering 70% of total hotel buying 
through in-house capability, with significant incremental margin 
contribution. The increasing proportion of directly contracted 
product has continued to support the improved customer 
satisfaction scores as complaint ratios on directly contracted 
product are significantly lower than third party sourced product.
Our continued focus to strengthen our relationships with 
key overseas suppliers is giving us increased access to 
exclusive rates, ring-fenced capacity and OTA exclusivity 
while maintaining our no risk, lightweight business model.
We have also added resource to build our portfolio of directly 
contracted hotel product in longer haul destinations to support 
our expansion into Dubai and over the coming year we will add 
resource and product in the Indian Ocean, Thailand and the 
Caribbean.

In FY18 more than 30% of our hotel product was contracted 
on an exclusive basis with us delivering significant incremental 
volume for our key partners and our focus will be to continue 
to build on this base throughout 2019 and to convert our 
differentiated supply position into incremental margin. We 
continue to explore opportunities to contract with partner 
airlines on a more strategic basis to deliver incremental revenue 
for partner airlines.

We have also invested significantly in our search technologies 
to support our strategic objective to drive an increasing 
proportion of differentiated flight and hotel product via an 
opaque booking path and to allow us to build innovative search 
tools for customers who are destination agnostic.

International
After significant growth of 51% in H1, the whole of 
Scandinavia experienced unprecedented warm weather for the 
period from early May until the middle of August. Against this 
backdrop, demand weakened and our competitive position in 
the market was severely impacted by widespread discounting 
of distressed product by Sweden’s leading tour operators. 

13

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s report

In these conditions, across the four month period, the sensible 
course of action was to cut marketing activity to a background 
level, with a significant impact on revenue performance but 
a saving versus forcast losses with a view to reinvesting the 
savings made at the start of the new financial year.

During FY18 we launched ebeach.dk in Denmark to complete 
the Scandinavian rollout. Against the backdrop of the warm 
summer the investment into this brand was naturally limited by 
lack of demand in the background market. 

Strategy and growth
It continues to be the Group’s vision to be Europe’s leading 
online retailer of beach holidays.

On the Beach continues to deliver significant growth in its core 
and adjacent markets by evolving a strategy based around the 
following principles:

1.  Out-innovating through agility and investment in talent and  

technology

2.  Driving an efficient increase in traffic through branded and  

direct channels

3.  Personalising our customer proposition
4.  Leveraging increased revenue through direct and  

differentiated supply

5.  Expanding our model into new search technologies, source  
  markets, destinations, channels and products

Our key strategic pillars for FY19 are:

1.  Out-innovating through agility and investment in talent and  

technology; 
›  

Continuing to invest into our people and our  
platform to allow us to innovate at an increasing pace
and in doing so, stay ahead of the competition. 
Reinforce company-wide values based on  
innovation, simplicity, communication, respect and  
great customer experience.
Use our new digital HQ in central Manchester to
ensure we are well placed to attract and retain the
best talent.

2.   Driving an efficient increase in traffic through branded and 

direct channels; 
›  

Investing in an efficient multi-channel approach  
supported by our sophisticated bid management
capability.
Increasing investment offline in conjunction with  
econometric modelling capability to strengthen brand  
awareness and to ensure marketing investment is  
efficient.
Driving performance improvements in 
Sunshine.co.uk and reinvesting a proportion of these
synergies to drive increased online visibility.
Seeking further value-enhancing merger and    
acquisition opportunities.

›  

› 

› 

› 

› 

3.  Personalising our customer proposition;

› 

› 

› 

› 

Driving an increasingly simplified customer experience  
across multiple devices by continually testing changes  
to the website versus a control to increase conversion.
Encouraging login and showing the most relevant  
product to all site visitors on all devices at the earliest  
possible opportunity.
Enhancing personalisation by supplementing    
capabilities with data science and machine learning.
Building a multifunctional app to engage directly  
with users and provide a higher standard of service in  
an efficient manner.

4.  Leveraging increased revenue through direct and  

differentiated supply;
› 

› 

› 

Building a programme of direct and differentiated  
supply to leverage margin and gain market share
Building our in-house capability to increase visibility of  
differentiated product.
Differentiating an exclusive product offering through  
innovative and attractive customer and supplier  
payment terms.

5.  Expanding our model into new search technologies, source  
  markets, destinations, channels and products; 

› 

› 

› 

› 

› 

Building online functionality to inspire customers who  
are destination agnostic.
Leveraging our core capabilities to expand  
internationally.
Expanding our long haul offering to monetise existing  
search volumes.
Building and launching an online portal to allow  
third party agencies to offer our product to the five  
million holidaymakers booking through offline   
channels.
Expanding our product offering to include a wider  
range of hotel and villa product.

Current trading and outlook
The first quarter of our financial year (calendar Q4) is historically 
the quietest trading period for the Group. Demand for travel 
in 2019 has started off strongly supported by a slightly earlier 
release of summer capacity by major low cost carriers and 
lower year-on-year seat prices for winter departures. This 
has been supported by ongoing efficiencies in the Group’s 
marketing spend. 

The Board is pleased to report that current performance is 
in line with expectations and believes the business is well 
positioned for the key trading period that commences in late 
December and continues into Q1 2019. 

The Board will provide a further update on trading at the AGM 
on 7 February 2019.

Simon Cooper
Chief Executive Officer
28 November 2018

14

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our top destinations

Sliema

Costa Del Sol
Rhodes

Florida

Riviera

Maya

Sardinia Mykonos
Marsa Alam Larnaca
Ibiza
Dubai

Venice

Goa

Hurghada

NeapolitanRiviera
Costa CalidaBodrum
Dubrovnik Riviera

Crete Corfu
Zante
Dalaman
Santorini
Kos
Fuerteventura

Antalya
Qawra

Mellieha

Tremithousa
Limassol

Split Dalmatia

St Julians

Athens

Costa De Almeria

Agadir Bugibba

Varna

Halkidiki

Gran Canaria
Costa Brava
Lanzarote
SkiathosPaphos
Tenerife

Sunny Beach

MarrakechSicily
Kusadasi Area

Lisbon
St Pauls Bay
Preveza
Monastir

Milan

Barcelona

Majorca
Costa Blanca
Algarve
Costa Dorada Rome
Sal Island MenorcaIzmir Area
Provence Alpes Cote d Azur

Kefalonia

15

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSKey performance indicators

Core segment: revenue (1)

Marketing spend as a percentage of revenue (1)

Continuing growth with an increase of 9.0% on the 
prior year

Marketing % of revenue decreased to 37.2% (2017: 40.9%)
excluding offline and to 41.8% (2017: 45.2%) including offline

£89m

£82m

£70m

£62m

£46m

£38m

52.8%

50.7%

51.3%

48.7%

48.6%

49.9%

45.2%

44.6%

40.9%

41.8%

37.2%

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

s
a
%

i

)
e
n
fl
f
o

.
l
c
x
e
(
g
n
i
t
e
k
r
a
M

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Marketing spend (excl. offline)

Offline spend

Marketing (excl. offline) % revenue

Marketing % revenue total

Costs as percentage of revenue (1)

Daily UVs (millions) & revenue per daily UV (1)

Fixed costs: Includes head office salaries, office related 
costs and IT expenditure

Variable costs: Comprise mainly of Contact Centre wages 
and credit card fees

Daily UVs: Number of individuals, as defined by an 
IP address, visiting pages from the onthebeach.co.uk 
website during a 24 hour period

Daily UVs have increased by 1% whilst revenue per daily UV 
increased to £1.27 (2017: £1.17)

e
u
n
e
v
e
r

%
s
t
s
o
C

19%

17%

15%

13%

11%

9%

7%

5%

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

)
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

m

(

s
V
U
y

l
i

a
D

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

-

£1.21

£1.17

£1.27

£1.15

£0.96

£0.93

Variable costs

Fixed costs

Legend

Total costs excluding holding Co. costs

Daily UVs 
2012 - 2017

Daily UVs 2018

Revenue per daily UV

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

(1)		 UK	only	excluding	Classic	Collection	Holidays

£60m

£50m

£40m

£30m

£20m

£10m

£0m

£1.40

£1.20

£1.00

£0.80

£0.60

£0.40

£0.20

£0.00

-

16

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct contracting as a percentage of bed supply

International segment: revenue

Direct contracting: Sourcing hotel beds for customers 
directly from hotels rather than via third-party bed-banks as 
intermediaries
Continuing growth to 70%

Decrease in revenue of 5.9% in FY18

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

£1.7m

£1.6m

£1.1m

£0.7m

£0.1m

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Operating cash and cash conversion as a percentage of 
adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted profit before tax (2)

Operating cash:  Cash generated from continuing operations 
less capital expenditure

Adjusted profit before tax grows by 17.9% to £33.6m 
(FY17: £28.5m)

Cash conversion:  Operating cash before exceptional items as 
% of adjusted EBITDA

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

140%

120%

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

£14.5m

£10.5m

£9.9m

£33.6m

£28.5m

£21.3m

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Operating cash

Cash conversion %

(2)	 Group	Adjusted	profit	before	tax	is	profit	before	tax,	amortisation	of	acquired		
intangibles	of	£4.6m	(FY17:	£4.3m),	share	based	payments	£1.4m	(FY17:		
£0.5m) and non-underlying costs of £1.5m (FY17: £2.7m)

17

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
 
Chief Financial Officer’s report

The Group now organises its operations into three principal 
financial reporting segments, being Core (the “Core segment”; 
the Group’s established market), International (the “International 
segment” being the Group’s international markets) and 
Business to Business (B2B) (the “B2B” segment is the Group’s 
recently acquired business Classic Collection Holidays and 
its subsidiaries). For FY18, the B2B segment includes the 
performance of Classic and its subsidiaries from the date of 
acquisition, 15th August 2018. As a principal, Classic and its 
subsidiaries account for revenue on a “travelled” basis and 
therefore report revenue on a gross basis. 

In each of the Core segment and the International segment, the 
Group offers dynamically packaged holidays but with options to 
book single element products such as flights or hotels, in each 
case acting as an agent rather than a principal.

Core segment performance

Revenue  
Revenue after marketing costs 
Variable costs 
Fixed costs 
Holding Company costs 
Share based payments 
Depreciation and amortisation (1) 
EBIT 
Adjusted EBITDA(2)  
EBITDA %  

   2018 
   2017     Change
          %
       £m 
       £m 
    9.0%
    89.3       81.9  
    44.9 
    52.0 
 15.8% 
    (4.9) 
    (6.6) 
    (6.2) 
    (6.7) 
    (0.6)
    (0.8) 
    (0.5) 
    (1.4) 
    (2.4) 
    (3.0) 
    30.3 
    33.5 
    37.9 
    33.2 
42.4%  40.5% 

  10.6%
 14.2%

(1)	 Excludes	amortisation	of	acquired	brand	and	website	technology	intangible		

assets of £4.4m (2017: £4.3m)

(2)	 EBITDA	excludes	share	based	payments

Revenue and marketing costs
Revenue increased by 9.0% to £89.3m (FY17: £81.9m). 
Revenue per daily unique visitor increased by 8.5% to £1.27 
(FY17 £1.17). During the year we also continued to increase the 
directness in our relationships with our suppliers through the 
volume of in-house accommodation bookings to 70% (FY17: 
65%).

Marketing expenses (excluding offline) for the year to 30 
September 2018 as a percentage of revenue decreased to 
37.2% (FY17: 40.9%) with total spend of £33.2m (FY17: 
£33.5m). This reflects further optimisation of our online spend, 
a continued increase in the share of branded and direct traffic 
together with lower demand during the summer. 

We have again increased spending in the year on offline TV 
advertising campaigns to £4.1m (FY17: £3.5m). Continuation 
of the full national campaign, together with the second year of 
sponsorship of the ITV Benidorm programme, drove greater 
brand awareness.

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

“We completed a further 
acquisition, Classic Collection 
Holidays, which gives On The 
Beach a ‘business to business’ 
channel through which we can 
access the circa five million 
short haul beach holidays that 
each year are booked offline.”

Paul Meehan
Chief Financial Officer

Group gross profit £m

Core revenue after marketing costs £m

£92.6m
+ 10.8%

FY17: £83.6m

£52.0m
+16.0%

FY17: £44.9m

Adjusted core EBITDA £m

Core EBITDA  % of  revenue %

£37.9m
+14.2%
FY17: £33.2m

18

42.4%

FY17: 40.5%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA
Overheads excluding holding company costs increased to 
14.9% of revenue, reflecting higher average booking values, 
operational investment ahead of Package Travel Regulations 
and the impact of Sunshine.co.uk acquisition. 

Overheads as % of revenue

Variable costs % revenue  
Fixed costs % revenue 
Overheads % revenue 
Holding Company costs % revenue 
Total 

    2018 
     2017
   7.4%        6.0%
    7.6%
   7.5% 
 13.6%
14.9% 
    0.7%
   1.0% 
 14.3%
15.9% 

Holding company costs have increased in the year to £0.8m 
(FY17: £0.6m) due entirely to National Insurance charges on 
share based payments.

Adjusted Core EBITDA of £37.9m (FY17: £33.2m) increased by 
14.2% and Adjusted Core EBITDA as a percentage of revenue 
increased from 40.5% to 42.4%. The closest GAAP equivalent 
measure to Adjusted Core EBITDA is Core operating profit 
which increased by 18.4% to £27.7m (FY17: £23.4m).

International segment performance

Revenue  
Revenue after marketing costs 
Variable costs 
Fixed costs 
Depreciation and amortisation 
EBIT 
EBITDA   

2018 
   £m 
   1.6  
 (1.4) 
 (0.3) 
 (0.5) 
 (0.2) 
 (2.4) 
 (2.2) 

2017       Change
      %
   £m 
 5.9%
   1.7  
 (1.6) 
12.5%
 (0.2)  
 (0.2) 
 (0.2) 
 (2.2) 
 (2.0) 

 9.1%
 10.0%

In addition to the international platforms in Sweden and 
Norway, operating under the ‘www.ebeach.se’ and ‘www.
ebeach.no’ domains respectively, the Group also launched a 
further international platform in Denmark in FY18, operating 
under the ‘‘www.ebeach.dk’’ domain.

Losses are derived almost entirely from the marketing 
investment required to drive brand awareness and share of 
traffic which will in turn improve efficiency. The closest GAAP 
equivalent measure to International EBITDA is operating loss 
which increased to £(2.4)m (2017: £(2.2)m).

International	Segment	performance

Revenue £m

£1.6m
-5.9%
FY17: £1.7m

EBITDA £m

£(2.2m)
-10.0%

FY17: £(2.0)m

B2B segment performance

Revenue  
Revenue after marketing costs 
Variable costs 
Fixed costs 
Depreciation and amortisation         
EBIT 
EBITDA   

   2018 
                    £m
   13.2  
    1.6 
               (0.1)
               (0.4)
  (0.2)
    0.9
    1.1 

On  15th  August  2018,  we  completed  a  further  acquisition, 
Classic  Collection  Holidays,  which  gives  On  The  Beach  a 
‘business  to  business’  channel  through  which  we  can  access 
the circa five million short haul beach holidays that each year are 
booked offline. 

As a principal, Classic  accounts for revenue on a ‘travelled’ basis 
and therefore reports revenue on a gross basis.

Group gross profit
Group gross profit now comprises core, international and B2B 
revenues and has increased by 10.8% in the year to £92.6m 
(FY17: £83.6m). This is a result of growth in core revenue of 
9.0% and the inclusion of Classic revenue since the date of 
acquisition. The resulting increase in Group profit before tax is 
23.7% to £26.1m (FY17: £21.1m), the prior year having been 
impacted by the exceptional costs relating to the Monarch 
failure. 

Adjusted profit before tax
The Group reports adjusted profit before tax to highlight the 
impact of one-off and other discrete items and to allow better 
interpretation of the underlying performance of the business.

 2018 
    £m 

2017        Change
        %
   £m 

Group profit before taxation  

 26.1 

 21.1   

23.7%

Amortisation of acquired intangibles     4.6 

Share based payments 

Exceptional costs   

Non-underlying costs(1) 

   1.4 

   0.6 

   0.9 

   4.3 

   0.5 

   2.6

    - 

Adjusted profit before tax 

 33.6 

 28.5 

17.9%

(1)   Non-underlying costs comprise one-off property and litigation costs

19

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s report

Group profit before taxation  £m

Adjusted profit before tax £m

£26.1m
+23.7%

FY17: £21.1m

£33.6m
+17.9%

FY17: £28.5m

Profit for the year £m

Adjusted profit for the year £m

£21.5m
+19.4%
FY17: £18.0m

£27.7m
+20.9%
FY17: £22.9m

Basic EPS pence

16.5p
+19.6%
FY17: 13.8p

Adjusted proforma EPS pence

21.2p
+20.5%
FY17: 17.6p

Finance costs
The net finance cost for the year was £0.1m (FY17: £0.1m). 
With strong cash management the maximum revolving credit 
facility drawdown during the year was £29.5m. During the 
year, the Group extended the revolving credit facility to 31 
December 2019 and reduced its facility from £35 million to 
£28.5 million to cover seasonal working capital requirements. 

Share based payments
The Group implemented a long term incentive plan in May 
2016 as detailed in the remuneration report. Further options 
under the scheme were granted in May 2017, October 2017 
and December 2017. In accordance with IFRS2, the Group has 
recognised a non-cash charge of £1.4m (FY17: £0.5m).

Exceptional items
Exceptional items for the year to 30 September 2018 were
£0.6m (FY17: £2.7m). These costs relate to deal costs in 
relation to the acquisition of Classic. In FY17 exceptional costs 
included costs related to the failure of Monarch Airlines Ltd and 
the acquisition of Sunshine.co.uk Ltd amounting to £2.7m.

Taxation
The Group tax charge of £4.6m represents an effective tax rate 
of 17.6% (FY17: 12.0%) which was lower than the standard 
UK rate of 19.0% (FY17: 19.0%).

Earnings per share
Basic and diluted earnings per share, calculated for the current 
and comparative period, is based on the weighted average 
number of shares in issue and has improved by 19.6% to 16.5 
pence in FY18 (FY17: 13.8 pence).

The adjusted earnings per share based on adjusted earnings 
increased 20.5% to 21.2 pence (FY17: 17.6 pence). The table 
below shows the adjustment from actual earnings:

 2018 
     £m 
  21.5  

2017        Change
        %
    £m 
 19.4%
 18.0  

Profit for the year   
Add backs: 
   2.2 
     0.5 
Exceptional costs   
       - 
Non underlying costs 
     0.7 
   3.4 
Amortisation of acquired intangibles       3.8 
   0.4
     1.2 
Share based payments 
ATCA(1) tax adjustment 
 (1.1) 
         - 
Adjusted profit for the year 
  27.7  22.9 
Number of ordinary shares in issue
at year end; assumed to be 
outstanding for the full year and 
comparative period (millions) 
Adjusted earnings per share (pence)    21.2 

131.0    130.4 
 17.6 

 20.9%

 20.5%

(1)		 The	adjustment	in	respect	of	FY17	is	in	relation	to	an	agreed	Advanced	Thin		
Capitalisation	Agreement	(ATCA)	for	financial	years	ended	30	September		
2014 and 2015

The	adjustments	above	are	stated	net	of	tax	at	19.0%

20

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
		
Cash flow and net debt
The Group continues to see strong cash generation with 
operating cash flows 18.0% higher at £28.9m (FY17: £24.6m), 
resulting in cash conversion of 79% (FY17: 79%). Excluding 
the working capital movement resulting from the acquisition 
of Classic, and capital expenditure relating to the new HQ, 
underlying operating cash conversion(1) is 90%. 

Adjusted operating cash flow £m

Operating cash conversion  %

£28.9m
+18.0%

FY17: £24.6m

79%

FY17: 79%

 2018 
    £m 
 36.8  

Cashflow and Net Debt 

EBITDA excluding Share based 
payments charges  
 (3.8) 
Capitalised development spend 
 (1.9) 
Movement in working capital 
 (2.2) 
Capital expenditure 
28.9 
Underlying operating cash flow 
Operating cash conversion   
79% 
Adjusted operating cash conversion  90% 

Dividend per share pence

Net external cash(3) £m

2017        Change
       %
   £m 
17.9%
31.2  

3.3p
+17.9%
FY17: 2.8p

£47.3m

FY17: £33.0m

(2.7) 
(3.3) 
(0.6) 
24.6 
79%
88%

18.0%

(1)	 Adjusted	cash	conversion	is	operating	cash	flow	divided	by	EBITDA

excluding	the	impact	of	the	acquisition	of	Classic,	and	capital	expenditure
relating	to	the	new	HQ.	Please	see	glossary	on	page	136	for	reconciliation	to		

nearest GAAP measure.

Net external cash at the year-end was £47.3m (2017: £33.0m).

Dividend
The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 2.2p per 
share, totalling 3.3p per share for the year (FY17: 2.8p per 
share), an increase of 17.9%. Subject to shareholders’ approval 
at the Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) on 7 February 2019, the 
dividend will be paid on 14 February 2019 to shareholders on 
the register of members at the close of business on 11 January 
2019.

Paul Meehan
Chief Finance Officer 
28 November 2018

21

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
OUR VALUES: SIMPLICITY   

“

Working with teams from across the business 
means that we’re able to consider numerous 
perspectives and look at problems from 
different angles to make sure that we always 
deliver a simple solution that exceeds our 

James Senior UX Designer

customers’ expectations. ”

22
22

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Risk management & principal risks 
and uncertainties

The Board believes that effective risk management is critical to 
ensure that the Group can deliver on its strategic objectives and to 
ensure long-term sustainable growth.

As such, the Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, including 
those which could threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

In this section of the strategic report, we explain our approach to risk management, set out the principal risks and uncertainties, 
together with an explanation of how those risks are managed and we outline how the risk profile has changed since the 2017 
Annual Report. 

RISK MANAGEMENT - RESPONSIBILITIES

Area of the business

Risk management role

Board

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring maintenance of a sound system of internal 
control and risk management.  It reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s risk and control 
processes to support its strategy and objectives.  

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee has the responsibility to review the Group’s internal controls and risk 
management systems.

Executive 
management team

The Executive management team are responsible for:
› 
›  promptly highlighting to the Board any major risks to the business of which the Board are   

identifying, monitoring and managing risk on a daily basis;

not aware, together with their proposals for management of those risks;
implementing action plans for management of risks as agreed with the Board; and

› 
›  maintaining risk registers and sharing these with the Board and Audit Committee as set  

out below.

RISK MANAGEMENT – PROCEDURES

Identification and evaluation of risks 
Identify key risks, assess likelihood 
and quantify impact, identify current 
management and mitigation, and 
proposed action plan. Record in risk 
registers which are reviewed and 
approved by the Board.

Monitoring 
Risk registers are reviewed and 
updated twice annually as a matter of 
course by the Executive management 
team, as well as on an ad hoc basis as 
required. Risk registers are reviewed 
on an annual basis by the Board and 
the Audit Committee as part of their 
review of internal controls and risk 
management procedures.

Management of risks 
The Executive management 
implement the risk management 
plans agreed by the Board and 
monitor changes in risks or risk 
management plans on an ongoing 
basis, reporting to the Board as part 
of monthly Board meetings or on an 
ad hoc basis as appropriate. Where 
management identifies a major new 
risk, or a significant increase to an 
existing risk, management arrange 
a planning session with each area 
of the business represented to 
agree a bespoke and detailed risk 
management plan, so that if the risk 
materialises, it can be managed in an 
orderly fashion. 

23

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Risk management & principal risks 
and uncertainties

CHANGE TO RISK PROFILE SINCE 2017 ANNUAL REPORT

The nature of the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group remain, on the whole, the same as last year, although the risk 
profile has changed in a number of areas.  Three key factors affecting the Group’s risk profile are Brexit, regulatory changes and 
security of supply. 

Factor

Risks impacted

Explanation

The exit of the 
United Kingdom 
from the European 
Union (“Brexit”)

Consumer confidence
Supply chain risk 
Competition risk
People risk
Foreign exchange risk
VAT complexity
Regulatory risk

The UK will leave the EU on 29 March 2019 at 11pm. On the Beach 
has carried out a thorough Brexit impact assessment and has 
considered the impact of various Brexit outcomes on the business 
including its business model, future performance, solvency and 
liquidity.

Risks if deal agreed
Provided that a binding agreement can be reached on the terms 
of the withdrawal, and political agreement can be reached on the 
future relationship, there will be a transition period until at least 31 
December 2020 in which a binding agreement will be reached on the 
terms of the future relationship. During the transition period, the UK 
remains within the single market and customs union so the rights of 
businesses and citizens remain largely untouched so the impact of 
the UK being outside the EU would be minimal in this period.

If there is a delay in agreeing a deal, this could affect consumer 
confidence and consumer demand, particularly in the peak season for 
bookings in January.

Risks if no deal agreed

Flight disruption
In the event that the UK exits the EU with no deal agreed, there could 
be disruption to flights for a short time while new aviation rights are 
agreed. The government says that even in the event of “no deal” 
it is likely to be able to agree a “bare bones aviation agreement” to 
prevent disruption to flights. 

If there was disruption to flights, On the Beach would incur costs 
in repatriating/accommodating customers stranded overseas, 
would lose margin on the holidays cancelled as a result of the 
disruption, and consumer appetite to book holidays during the 
period of disruption may be reduced. However, by virtue of its 
asset-light, flexible business model, where it does not carry flight 
or accommodation stock, the impact to On the Beach is inherently 
reduced when compared with airlines and tour operators. 

Failure of suppliers or other travel companies
The biggest risk for On the Beach in the event of flight disruption is 
the higher likelihood of airline failures and the costs On the Beach 
would incur as a result (see supplier failure risk). However, the failure 
of competing travel companies would have a positive effect on On 
the Beach’s competitive proposition. 

24

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

CHANGE TO RISK PROFILE SINCE 2017 ANNUAL REPORT (CONT.)

Factor

Risks impacted

Explanation

The exit of the 
United Kingdom 
from the European 
Union (“Brexit”)
continued.

Regulatory Changes

Consumer confidence
Reputation risk
Regulatory risk

Currency
A no deal scenario could have a destabilising effect on the 
currency markets. Our hedging policy removes transactional 
currency risk, but there is a risk that as the pound weakens, 
holidays are more expensive and this affects consumer 
demand, and makes On the Beach more expensive than tour 
operators who bulk-buy currency in advance. Conversely, if the 
pound were to strengthen, holidays become cheaper, mitigating 
competition risk. 

Consumer confidence
Consumer confidence and appetite to book may be reduced in 
the event of a no deal scenario, especially if the UK falls into a 
recession.

People risk
The Group employs many EU citizens, in key areas of the 
business, and restrictions on freedom of movement may restrict 
the Group’s ability to attract and retain talent. 

›  There are a number of pieces of new legislation which came  
into force in 2018 which brought regulatory changes for the  
business.  Any incorrect application of the new rules could  
lead to fines and / or damage the Group’s reputation.   
›  By virtue of the PTRs, each booking taken by the Group  

after 1 July 2018 which comprises two or more services will 
be considered a package.  This means that, although On the 

  Beach/Sunshine remain as agent and the customer’s

contracts are with the end suppliers, we will have statutory
obligations to ensure the proper performance of the
package by the suppliers and to compensate the customer

  where something goes wrong. The Group is therefore

exposed to claims from customers and although we have
insurance in place, and we can often recover from the
relevant supplier, the costs of putting in place the insurance
and handling claims are higher than before.

›  GDPR came into force in May 2018. Fines for non- 

compliance can be up to €20 million.  The Group planned  
and prepared carefully to ensure it was compliant with  
  GDPR. We continue to monitor GDPR compliance along  
  with data security. 
› 

In January 2018 the Second Payment Services Directive  
came into force which means that it is prohibited to charge  
customers for credit card payments but the Group continues  
to incur costs.

›  Any unfavourable interpretation of existing laws  

could adversely affect the Group’s business and financial
performance, for example HMRC could challenge the
  VAT treatment the Group has applied which could result in
additional unrecoverable VAT, plus interest and penalties.  

25

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk management & principal risks 
and uncertainties

CHANGE TO RISK PROFILE SINCE 2017 ANNUAL REPORT (CONT.)

Factor

Risks impacted

Explanation

Security of Supply

Consumer confidence
Supply chain risk 
Supplier failure

›  The Group relies entirely on third parties for the supply  
of flights, hotels and other holiday constituents and the  
challenging market backdrop increases the risk of supplier  
failure.

›  Recent supplier failures make customers nervous about  

booking holidays, however this is mitigated by the Group’s  
  ATOL and ABTA protection which gives consumers financial  

security.  

›  The Group does not have relationship agreements in place  
  with a number of low-cost airlines, some of whom have  

sought to block the Group’s access to their websites using  
technological, legal, or other means and may do so in the 
future. If successful the Group’s offering may be less
extensive which could have a material adverse effect on the

  Group’s business.

26

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks & uncertainties 

1.  TRADING

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

1.1 
Consumer 
confidence risk

› 
Innovative payment solutions to  
  mitigate reduction in discretionary  

spending.

›  Expansion of target audience to
attract customers less affected.

›  Competitive pricing and value

proposition as well as exclusive offers
agreed with top hotels, secure
bookings even in a challenging  

  market.
›  ATOL and ABTA bonding as well  
as trust protection give customers
confidence in booking with OTB.
›  Robust and agile business model.

›  Brexit, and particularly the possibility  
of a “no deal” Brexit, with disruption to
flights, affects consumer confidence.  
This is likely to worsen the longer the  
delay in agreeing a deal.

›  A recession or reduced economic  
growth can lead to reduced job  
security and a reduction in consumer  
leisure spending capacity. A weak
pound makes holidays more
expensive.

›  Failures of other OTAs and suppliers  
  make customers nervous about    

booking holidays.

›  Terrorist attacks, especially those

in tourist resorts, undermine consumer
confidence and cause consumer
behaviour to shift: some may choose
not to book a holiday, some will delay
booking their holidays.

1.2.1 
Supply chain risk 
(no deal Brexit/
disruption to flights)

If the UK exits the EU with no deal, there 
could be a short period of disruption to 
flights while an aviation deal can be done. 
This would cause financial loss for the 
Group as well as indirect consequences 
including potential supplier failure, and 
reduced consumer demand.

›  This is considered extremely unlikely
because of the dire consequences for
both the UK and the EU.

1.2.2 
Supply chain risk 
(security of supply)

The Group does not have relationship 
agreements in place with a number of 
airlines. The Group is currently able to use 
technology to access flight data and place 
bookings on behalf of customers. Certain 
airlines have sought to hinder or block the 
Group’s access to their websites using 
technological, legal or other means and 
may do so in the future.  If successful, the 
Group’s offering may be less extensive 
which could have a material adverse 
effect on the Group’s business.

›  The Group has a dedicated in-house
team of IT experts whose purpose is
to maintain and develop its proprietary
technology, and it invests significantly
in its technology and its people to
ensure that it can continue to operate
as it does currently.

›  Any legal challenges will be vigorously  

defended. 

›  We are building strong relationships  
  with certain airlines.

27

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks & uncertainties 

1.  TRADING (CONT.)

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

1.2.3 
Supply chain risk 
(supplier failure)

If a supplier were to collapse, this could 
result in significant direct and indirect 
costs for the Group (e.g. the cost of 
replacing flights or refunding customers, 
plus loss of margin on the accommodation 
element of the holiday). In the case of 
the failure of a major low cost carrier, this 
could have catastrophic consequences for 
the Group. 

›  The airlines that would cause the most  
financial loss (easyJet and Ryanair) are  
considered at extremely low risk of  
failure.

›  The Group closely monitors supplier  
failure risk and puts in place risk  

  management plans where  

appropriate.

›  The failure of a bedbank or a hotel is 

of limited impact. 

1.3 
Reputation risk

The Group relies on the strength of its 
brand to attract customers to its website 
and secure bookings.  Any events or 
circumstances which give rise to adverse 
publicity could cause brand/reputation 
damage and lead to a loss of goodwill.

›  The Group monitors customer

satisfaction on a regular basis and acts
on feedback received.

›  Measures are put in place to prevent

any reputational issues from occurring,
and where any incidents do arise,
these are handled by senior

  management with the assistance of
our experienced public relations
advisers where appropriate. 

1.4
Competition risk

The Group operates in a very competitive 
market.  If competitors offer a more 
compelling proposition, this could have 
a material adverse effect on the Group’s 
financial position and prospects. If the 
pound is weak, tour operators have a 
competitive advantage because they 
hedge currency in advance. If demand is 
low in late summer, the tour operators will 
heavily discount committed stock.

›  The Group monitors competitor

pricing constantly to ensure deals are
priced competitively and offers unique
payment options such as the low
deposit scheme.

›  The challenging market dynamics
  mean that smaller OTAs will be likely
to fail, creating opportunities for OTB
to take market share and to reduce
paid search marketing costs.

28

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.  TRADING (CONT.)

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

1.5 
System & technology 
risk

›  A significant business interruption

could impact on the Group’s ability to
trade and/or manage the business. 

›  The Group is exposed to risks of

› 

security breaches associated with
online commerce security (e.g. loss of
customer data). 
If the Group’s technology can’t keep
up with growing demand, this could
affect our ability to deliver planned
growth.  

›  Changes in search engine algorithms

or search engine relationships could
adversely affect the ability to drive
traffic to the website.

›  The Group has a comprehensive  
business continuity and disaster
recovery plan, and robust back up and
failover facilities.

›  The Group has stringent security

in place which is regularly tested and
audited.  The Group is PCI DSS
compliant which involves regular
external audits.

›  The Group regularly assesses capacity
and utilisation of the system, and   
carries out a full review every six   

  months to ensure that the longer

term infrastructure plan is aligned with
predicted growth and capacity needs.

1.6
People risk

The Group’s ability to achieve its strategic 
objectives is dependent on certain key 
personnel, plus its ability to attract and 
retain skilled staff. The Group’s location 
means that it is competing with many 
other digital / technology-focused 
businesses for the best talent. 

A Brexit deal, or no deal, that restricts free 
movement of people restricts our ability to 
attract and retain EU staff.

›  The Group has a comprehensive

succession plan in place at Executive
and senior management level. 
›  The Group will continue to monitor

and benchmark salaries and packages
(including LTIPs and other share
schemes) to ensure it remains
competitive and adequately
incentivises key management.
›  The Group has relocated its head   
office to a new digital HQ in central
  Manchester to ensure it can attract  

and retain the best talent. 

29

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks & uncertainties 

2.  FINANCE

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

2.1 
Foreign exchange 
risk

The Group’s costs of sale are incurred 
in a different currency to that in which it 
sells.  If the currency in which the Group is 
buying changes unfavourably, this means 
the margin is uncertain/volatile. 

The Group places forward contracts 
based on forecasted orders and sets 
prices to reflect the blended FX rate 
achieved in those contracts.  Hedge 
effectiveness and stability of euro rates is 
monitored regularly.

2.2 
Working capital risk

Given the seasonality of the business, 
cash flow is volatile which could lead to a 
lack of liquidity and an inability to trade.

The business maintains a working capital 
facility with Lloyds to cover seasonal 
requirements and the Group regularly 
monitors its liquidity position.  

2.3 
Tax complexity

Due to the complexity of VAT rules in the 
travel industry, HMRC could disagree 
with the VAT treatment the Group has 
applied, which could result in additional 
unrecoverable VAT, plus interest and 
penalties, and the costs of litigation if we 
chose to challenge the decision.

The Group engages VAT specialists in 
the travel industry to provide advice 
on current VAT treatment and VAT 
developments.  This enables us to 
budget appropriately and ensure our 
documentation and processes support 
our VAT position.

30

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

3.  LEGAL

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

The Group has instructed an expert 
legal team with particular expertise and 
experience in such cases to protect its 
legal position and maximise its chances of 
success. 

3.1.1 
Litigation risk
(airline litigation)

Ryanair litigation: The Group is one of 
several online travel agents involved in 
litigation with Ryanair in connection with 
Ryanair’s efforts to prevent OTAs from 
booking and selling its flights. The legal 
process is ongoing but remains at an early 
stage. The position remains as disclosed 
in our previous annual report, which 
was that OTB issued a motion to compel 
delivery of full and proper particulars 
in May 2017 and in response to this 
motion, Ryanair is proposing to make 
amendments to its original statement 
of claim. This has caused a delay to the 
anticipated timescales communicated in 
the Prospectus issued at the time of IPO. 
Litigation is unpredictable and if Ryanair 
were to prevail, this could have a material 
impact on the Group’s business.

3.1.2 
Litigation risk
(consumer litigation)

Personal injury claims: OTB receives 
personal injury claims from customers 
(e.g. holiday sickness, trips and falls, 
swimming pool and balcony incidents).  
For bookings made prior to 1 July 2018, 
OTB has no legal liability although 
claimant solicitors often argue otherwise 
and if OTB were found by a court to 
have sold a “package” then OTB could be 
liable for damages as well as reputational 
damage if liability is proved. 

For package bookings made after 1 July 
2018, On the Beach has liability as the 
package organiser for personal injury 
claims and has to defend these claims 
on the basis of liability, and to recover 
costs from the relevant suppliers and/or 
insurance.

›  For bookings made before 1 July

2018: OTB acts as a travel agent and
not as principal in relation to each
holiday element, and it does not sell
“packages”. OTB’s processes,
practices and paperwork firmly
support this and it is considered
to have the strongest agency/package
defence in the industry.  

›  For bookings made after 1 July 2018,
  OTB has internal and external legal
support to manage claims and

  mitigate risk.
›  OTB has insurance cover to mitigate
risk and also has indemnities from a
number of its key suppliers. 

›  OTB works with its suppliers to ensure
that customers’ health and safety is

  monitored throughout the supply

chain. 

31

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks & uncertainties 

3.  LEGAL (CONT.)

Operational risks

Risk description and impact

Mitigation & management

Direction of 
change

3.2 
Regulatory risk

The Group’s business is highly regulated 
and is subject to a complex regime of 
laws, rules and regulations concerning 
travel, online commerce, financial services, 
consumer rights, and data protection.  A 
breach of these laws could have serious 
financial and reputational implications for 
the Group.

The Package Travel Regulation, General 
Data Protection Regulation and the 
Second Payment Services Directive all 
came into force during 2018 increasing 
the responsibilities and potential liabilities 
of the Group and the costs of doing 
business.

Unfavourable changes to our 
interpretation of existing laws could 
adversely affect the Group’s business and 
financial performance.  

The Company has an internal legal team 
and external legal advisers to advise the 
Group on current and forthcoming legal 
requirements and to manage legal and 
regulatory issues as they arise.

The Group has been planning for the 
implementation of new legislation in 2018 
and has arrangements in place, including 
appropriate insurance cover, to mitigate 
potential impacts. 

The Group reviews closely the draft 
proposals for law reform.  The Group 
also participates in industry steering and 
advisory groups, through which it is able 
to lobby on legislative change.

GOING CONCERN AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

Going concern
The directors have prepared cash flow forecasts that include 
key assumptions in respect of the trading subsidiaries 
booking numbers, booking profiles, commission rates and 
debtor collection periods.  The Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group as a whole have 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future on both base case and sensitised forecasts.  
Accordingly, the financial statements have been prepared on a 
going concern basis.

Viability statement
In accordance with the provision of C.2.2. of the 2016 
revision of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code), 
the Directors have assessed the prospects of the Company 
over the three year period to 30 September 2021, being the 
period considered under the Group’s three year strategic plan.

The Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will continue to operate and 
meet its liabilities, as they fall due, for the next three years. 
In making this statement the Directors have considered the 
Group’s current position and prospects, the Group’s strategy, 
and the principal risks facing the Group as detailed on pages 
23 to 32 and the potential impact of these on the business 
model, future performance and liquidity over the period.

The Directors have also taken account of the Group’s ability 
to renew the credit facility at an appropriate level.

32

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
  
 
I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

OUR VALUES: DELIVERING A GREAT CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE   

“

We’re here to ensure our customers 
enjoy their perfect beach holiday, and 
providing 24/7 support whilst they’re 
in resort means we’re only ever a 

quick phone call or email away. ”

Lauren Senior Operations Advisor

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

33
33

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Corporate social responsibility

We have a clear vision which lies at the heart of all that we do: 
To be Europe’s leading retailer of beach holidays.  Our purpose 
is to make it easy for people to find, book and enjoy their 
perfect beach holiday.

Remaining focused on our goal, and working hand in hand to 
get there, are critical to us achieving our aims. A clearly defined 
set of company values that run through the business and act as 
a guide, a thriving culture, and of course our people, are central 
to our success.     

D ELIVE RI NG A GREAT
CUS TO MER EXPERIENCE
These five values run as a central seam through everything that 
we do: from the people that we recruit, to the time we devote 
to research and development in support of innovation, and from 
our emphasis on collaboration to our policies.  Embedding these 
values at every level of the business ensures that we remain 
aligned and focused. These values also provide the pillars on 
which our company culture is built and thrives. 

Our Values

S I M P L I C I T Y

DELI VERIN G A G RE AT
CUSTO ME R EXPERI EN CE
Our mission is to make it easy for 
DELI VERIN G A G RE AT
people to find, book and enjoy their 
DEL IVERI NG  A G RE AT
CUSTO ME R EXPERI EN CE
CUSTO MER  EXPERI ENCE
perfect beach holiday.

I N N O V A T I O N

C O M M U N I C A T I O N
We help each other by 
talking and collaborating. We’ll get 
there faster and it’ll be more fun!
I N N O V A T I O N
I N N O V A T I O N

S I M P L I C I T Y

R E S P E C T

S I M P L I C I T Y
S I M P L I C I T Y
Working together, we quickly identify 
the simplest solution for every 
challenge by being smart and can-do.

R E S P E C T
R E S P E C T

We appreciate and understand each other’s 
styles, experiences and approaches, by 
being down to earth and empathetic. By 
bringing people on your journey, ideas can 
blossom and people can thrive.

C O M M U N I C A T I O N

C O M M U N I C A T I O N
C O M M U N I C A T I O N

DEL IVERI NG  A G RE AT
CUSTO MER  EXPERIE NCE

I N N O V A T I O N

We are creative and aspire to do 
things differently.  We deliver change 
with speed and learn quickly.

Our people and culture
Our people are the driving force behind On the Beach’s 
success, so attracting, retaining and engaging colleagues 
that share our values is really important.  We are therefore 
committed to making On the Beach a great place to work 
and ensuring that colleagues feel valued and happy in their 
careers.  Our company culture, working environment and 
colleague engagement all play a pivotal role in this. 

I N N O V A T I O N

R E S P E C T

Company culture
In 2018 we undertook a piece of work to give us 
comprehensive insight into our company culture and its 
impact on our stakeholders. This will allow us to define what 
a successful culture for the business looks like and establish 
a cultural framework to embed this in the business.  The first 
stage of this project has involved consulting with colleagues 
to understand what makes up the On the Beach DNA, 
how this impacts on our stakeholders, and identify how we 
continue to ensure that this thrives. This project will continue 
in the coming year as we implement a cultural framework that 
drives success.

Working environment
We are committed to providing a working environment that 
supports and reflects our values, and in which our employees 
can flourish. In November 2018, On the Beach opened a 
new, campus style digital headquarters at the Aeroworks 
building in Manchester’s city centre, which has become home 
to the business’ digital teams. This provides us with the 
opportunity to create a best in class office space and working 
environment that will allow us to attract and retain the very 
best digital talent in the region and beyond. 

The plans for the office opening and relocation of our digital 
teams involved an extensive employee engagement initiative, 
which included one-to-one interviews, workshops and online 
surveys. As a result, the new space and its state-of-the-art 
facilities have been designed specifically for our employees 
and provide a working environment that allows us to become 
more collaborative, increasing our ability to innovate.

This office opening provides the space needed for the 
company to expand its digital teams from its current numbers 
of 200 to more than 350 in the next three to five years 
(bringing the total workforce to more than 500 employees by 
2023).

The Contact Centre will remain at the Group’s Cheadle office, 
which will also undergo a major redesign and refit in January 
2019, again creating a working environment which engages 
and enables employees.

34

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

S I M P L I C I T Y

R E S P E C T

C O M M U N I C A T I O N

  
 
On the Beach new digital headquarters 

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

The new office at Manchester’s Aeroworks building 
is designed with our employees, our values and 
our company culture in mind.  Features such as 
an auditorium and theatre, as well as plenty of 
collaborative workspace will allow teams to work 
together, share information and innovate more easily.

State-of-the-art communication and collaboration 
technology has been installed throughout the entire 
space and social areas, including a relaxation space, bar 
and a games room also provide the facilities to create 
a fun and engaging working environment that allows 
us to compete with the Northwest’s leading digital 
businesses to attract and retain the very best talent.

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

35
35

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
On the Beach new digital headquarters 

36
36

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

3737

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Corporate social responsibility

Colleague communication 
With communication one of our core values, maintaining a 
two-way dialogue with employees is essential.  To support 
this, a range of communication channels and tools are in place 
which not only keep employees informed of key business news, 
updates and developments, but also allow them to share their 
thoughts, ideas and feedback, helping to make sure that their 
voices are heard – and, importantly, listened to.

A quarterly company magazine, Beach Life, which is created by 
colleagues for colleagues, shares the latest news and updates 
from around the business and its brands, as well as colleague 
insight to help bring us closer together.  It also celebrates our 
teams and business triumphs to help maintain our drive for 
success. Business updates are held on a quarterly basis and 
bring all employees together to hear from our Executive and 
senior leadership teams on the latest company performance 
and news. 

A central communications email has been introduced, from 
which regular email updates are shared with colleagues to 
provide timely business insight – feedback to these emails is 
always encouraged and responded to. 

Face to face ‘Ask the CEO’ sessions take place frequently on 
a departmental basis and provide teams with the opportunity 
to ask any questions they have regarding the business directly 
to our CEO, providing an excellent opportunity for feedback 
and two-way communication. An Ask the CEO email address 
supports these sessions, and allows people to email the CEO 
directly with questions or suggestions for the business and 
receive a direct response.  An ‘Ideas@’ inbox is also in place to 
encourage creative thinking and foster a culture of innovation 
across the business. 

As we approached the opening of the Manchester office, a 
number of communications activities were introduced to inform 
colleagues, seek their input and feedback and engage them 
ahead of the move.  This includes the creation of a working 
group of departmentally-appointed representatives, the launch 
of a microsite housing video content, articles, a calendar for 
key dates and Trello board to provide an open insight into the 
planning process and its progression.  Regular ‘townhall’-style 
meetings have also been introduced as well as Q&A sessions 
with the working group.  Surveys have been carried out on 
everything from office facilities to transport and travel to make 
sure that employee input is sought and considered.

Engagement
Engaged employees are essential to achieving our aims and 
realising our mission of becoming Europe’s leading online 
retailer of beach holidays.  

A number of initiatives are in place to support this:
›  Hive, our employee survey tool was introduced in 2017 and  
twice yearly surveys have been carried out since then to 
gauge employee satisfaction and engagement.  In May
2018’s survey, completion rates increased by 15% and
satisfaction scores increased by 9% on that of November
2017.

›  An Employee Engagement committee, comprising

spokespeople from every department, meets quarterly to
provide feedback to senior management on satisfaction and
engagement within teams and look at ways in which this  
can be constantly improved.

›  Social events take place regularly within the business to

help foster On the Beach’s friendly and open culture, as well  
as encourage collaboration through forging stronger
relationships between colleagues. These include the annual
  Christmas party, as well as a summer picnic and BBQ, along
  with departmental activities.  
›  Employees’ length of service is rewarded and celebrated,
  with colleagues receiving Long Service Awards for their five

and ten year anniversaries with the business.  

›  Hive Fives are a feature of our Hive employee survey tool,
and allow employees to give a colleague a virtual ‘Hive
Five’ in celebration of a job well done. They are serving as
an excellent way for colleagues to share feedback whilst
also motivating and celebrating employees.

›  We have trialled wellbeing activities in the office, including
free exercise and yoga classes to provide employees with
an opportunity to focus on their own health and wellbeing,

  which is something which we intend to continue.  

Community and fundraising
Making a meaningful contribution to the community is 
something which we are passionate about - whether that’s 
supporting charity activities or giving local school children 
opportunities to explore technology and learn new skills.

This	year	we	have	been	involved	in	a	number	of	community	
initiatives:  
›  We provide work experience opportunities on a regular

basis and this year hosted seven students on week-long
placements across the business.   

›  As a part of the Manchester Digital group, we supported
Tameside Hack – a week-long hack event for children in
secondary school for which we provided mentors from our

  Development team. 
›  We attended the 2018 Manchester Digital Skills Festival
  where we talked to students about our graduate

development opportunities. 

›  A number of our Development team are STEM (Science,
Technology, Engineering, Mathematics) Ambassadors,
  meaning they provide support and mentoring to children

aged 5 – 18.

›  Each year we run our Ruby Academy – a training scheme
for developers in using Ruby code – and this year we

  welcomed six onto the training scheme.

38

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate social responsibility

›  With the opening of digital headquarters in Manchester,  
  we plan to host a range of events to engage the city’s  
growing technology and digital communities, including
lightning talks, knowledge shares and showcases and an
Events coordinator role is being introduced to oversee this.
›  Our charity committee brings together employees to look at 
how we can support a range of causes. The committee is  
responsible for engaging people around the business to  
galvanise support for worthy causes and this year we have  
supported a number of charities, including Children in Need,  

  Manchester Children’s Hospital, Cancer Research and  
  Macmillan.   

Diversity and inclusion 
The benefits of a diverse and inclusive leadership and workforce 
are clear, with the widest range of perspectives leading to 
increased creativity, innovation, debate, understanding and 
ultimately better decision making.

Our company values are respect, innovation, simplicity, 
customer experience and communication. Diversity and 
inclusion have to be at the very heart of our culture and fully 
embedded in the business if we are to live up to our values and 
achieve our strategy.

As diversity and inclusion are so critical to the long-term 
success of the company, this has been an area of particular 
focus during 2018, and has been central to a number of 
initiatives during the year, including Board appointments, 
senior management appointments and succession planning, 
stakeholder engagement (both employee and shareholder), our 
people strategy, and our review of our corporate culture. 

We know this is an area that our stakeholders are passionate 
about, and it will continue to be an area of clear focus with top 
level commitment. 

Gender pay gap 
In March 2018 On the Beach published its first Gender Pay Gap 
Report, looking at the difference in average pay between all 
men and women in the company’s workforce (as at April 2017).  
The report found, on average, hourly pay for a woman to be 
26.7% less than a man. 

This is due to the high proportion of men in technology and 
digital roles and the ratio of men to women in senior roles.  As a 
result, the highest paid people in the organisation are made up 
more of men than women.

Whilst the pay gap at On the Beach is typical of tech 
businesses - and is considerably smaller than that of most 
businesses in the travel industry - it is by no means something 
which we are complacent about.  We are committed to 
reducing the gender pay gap, as well as encouraging diversity 
throughout the business – beyond gender and in its widest 
form.  

In response to this, an internal project has been established 
to focus on helping the business create an environment that 
supports the development and recruitment of women into its 
most senior and technology roles.  Engaging a cross-section 
of women from around the business, the outputs of this 
project will include the introduction of mentoring schemes 
and coaching, educational activities such as unconscious bias 
workshops, and a review of our HR policies and our equality & 
diversity policy.

Employment of Disabled Persons
The Group’s policies and procedures and Company Handbook 
contain policies in relation to the employment of disabled 
persons which are carefully adhered to.

Selection for employment, promotion, training and development 
(as well as other benefits and awards) are made on the basis 
of merit, aptitude and ability and the Group does not tolerate 
discrimination in any form, including in relation to disabled 
candidates. 

“ The benefits of a diverse 
and inclusive leadership and 
workforce are clear, with the 
widest range of perspectives 
leading to increased creativity, 
innovation, debate, 
understanding and ultimately 
better decision making. ”

39

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate social responsibility

The Group puts in place an ‘Employee Wellbeing Plan’ (EWP) 
with any employees who need support with any health 
conditions, physical or mental. Each EWP is designed to ensure 
the Group is meeting all the needs of the relevant employee, 
for example risk assessments, and details of all adjustments 
which need to be made to accommodate the additional needs 
of the relevant employees, e.g. disabled parking space, step-
free access, and specific workstation needs. Moreover, if any 
employees should become disabled during the course of 
their employment there are policies in place to oversee the 
continuation of their employment and to arrange training for 
these employees.

Anti-corruption and bribery
On the Beach is committed to operating ethically and 
employees do not actively seek gifts or favours from any of our 
suppliers, or from other persons or organisations with whom 
we associate. We have top level commitment to anti-bribery 
and corruption, and ensure all employees behave professionally, 
fairly and with integrity in all our business dealings and 
relationships wherever we operate, and implement and enforce 
effective systems to counter bribery.

We are set up to fully support our employees, should they 
need to raise concerns about unethical, criminal or dangerous 
activities within the Group, and as such provide a confidential 
whistleblowing telephone line, through an independent and 
impartial organisation. 

Modern Slavery Act
‘Modern Slavery’ is a crime which encompasses slavery, 
servitude, forced or compulsory labour and human trafficking.  
The Group has a zero tolerance approach to any form of 
modern slavery. We are committed to acting with integrity 
and transparency to help eradicate any modern slavery in our 
business and supply chain.

In accordance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015, the Group 
has a modern slavery statement which can be found on our 
website www.onthebeachgroupplc.com/responsibility.

Environment
We understand our responsibility to protect the environment 
in which we operate and are committed to doing so. We 
encourage our employees to follow the same ethical code in 
their day to day roles; from only printing documents where 
necessary, to recycling waste appropriately. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
Because the Group’s business is online only, with no retail 
footprint, the Group’s environmental footprint is small, as 
demonstrated by the relative emissions, by revenue, as set out 
in the table below. The Group’s footprint has grown this year 
due to the fact that we took occupation of our new office in 
April 2018 and we became responsible for paying utilities on 
the new office at that point. 

We have calculated our Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas 
emissions in accordance with the mandatory reporting 
requirements set out in the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Reports) Regulations 2013. The 
Group’s offices are leasehold and all electricity and gas is 
provided through and billed by the landlords. The Group has 
therefore relied on information provided by the landlords. The 
methodology used to calculate the numbers below used the UK 
Government GMG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 
(2017/2018 as appropriate).

Greenhouse gas emissions by Scope

Scope 1
Gas consumption 
Scope 2
Electricity consumption 
Total emissions 
Relative emissions, by revenue 

Unit 

2018 
Quantity2 

2017 
       Quantity1  

Tonnes CO2e 

88.18 

87.69 

Tonnes CO2e 
Tonnes CO2e 
Tonnes CO2e/£m  
revenue

422.95 
511.13 
5                                6.1 

  424.87 
  512.56 

1  

These	figures	are	based	on	information	from	1	June	2016	to	31	May	2017	so	they	do	not	correspond	exactly	to	the	FY17	reporting	period,	but	the	actual	energy		
consumption during the reporting period was not materially different from the stated period.

2		 These	figures	are	based	on	information	from	1	June	2017	to	31	May	2018	so	they	do	not	correspond	exactly	to	the	FY18	reporting	period,	but	we	expect	that	the		

actual energy consumption during the reporting period will not be materially different from the stated period.

40

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
   
   
 
 
   
         
  
             
   
   
   
    
   
    
 
 
	
 
	
 
Awards & achievements

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2018

Best Travel Agent Website

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2018

Most User-Friendly App

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2018

Best Use of Data

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2018

Travolution Lifetime Achievement 
Award - Simon Cooper

UK STOCKMARKET AWARDS 2018

Best Travel and Leisure PLC

HITWSE WISE AWARDS

Fastest Risers in Audience-Based Digital 
Marketing E-Commerce

FEEFO AWARDS 2017

Trusted Service Award 2017

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2017

Best for Holidays

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2016

Best Technology Team

THE SUN TRAVEL AWARDS 2016

Travel Editor’s Award

BVCA MANAGEMENT TEAM AWARDS 2016

National CEO of the Year - Simon Cooper

TTG TOP 50 TRAVEL AGENTS 2016

Top Online Travel Agent

TRAVOLUTION AWARDS 2015

Best Travel Agent Website Award Best Use 
of Search Engine Marketing Award

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

41

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Governance

Stakeholder Engagement

43       Chairman’s Statement
44 
45       Directors’ biographies
48       Corporate Governance Statement
55       Report of the Nomination Committee
57       Report of the Audit Committee
61       Directors’ Remuneration Report
85       Other Statutory and Regulatory
           Disclosures
89       Independent Auditor’s Report to the  
members of On the Beach Group plc
94       Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in  

respect of the Annual Report and the Financial  
Statements

42
42

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
Introduction from Chair of the Board

Board composition and diversity
There have been a number of changes to the Board during the 
course of the year.  

Following a recruitment process (described in detail on page 
56) we were delighted to welcome Elaine O’Donnell to the 
Board on 3 July 2018.  Elaine has completed a thorough 
induction process and has immersed herself in the Group and, 
she continues to add value in a number of areas.

On 3 September 2018 I succeeded Richard Segal as Chair of 
the Board and Chair of the Nomination Committee.  On the 
same day, David Kelly succeeded me as Senior Independent 
Director and Elaine O’Donnell succeeded me as Chair of the 
Audit Committee.  

I will step down as Chair of the Board and of the Nomination 
Committee at the end of November in order to focus on other 
time-commitments, but I will continue to serve as Non-
Executive Director of the Group. David Kelly will serve as 
Chair of the Board on an interim basis while the Nomination 
Committee oversees the search for a permanent Chair of the 
Board.

Elaine’s appointment has gone some way to addressing the 
gender imbalance on the Board.  However, the Board continues 
to consider its composition and diversity will continue to be a 
key matter considered by the Nomination Committee in any 
future Board recruitment process. Diversity and inclusion were 
considered by the Nomination Committee during the year and 
continue to be a key area of ongoing focus for the Board and 
management (see pages 39 and 56). 

Board evaluation
We have carried out a full, thorough and tailored internal Board 
evaluation exercise this year. This covered the Board itself, 
each of the Committees, and an evaluation of each individual 
Director’s performance. Details are provided on page 53.  

Shareholder engagement
We are committed to engaging and maintaining an active 
dialogue with all our shareholders. I would like to encourage our 
shareholders to attend our Annual General Meeting which will 
be held at 11am on 7 February 2019 at our new headquarters 
at Aeroworks, 5 Adair Street, Manchester, M1 2NQ.  It will 
provide an excellent opportunity to meet the Executive and 
Non-Executive Board Directors and to visit our new digital 
headquarters in Manchester.

We will continue to review developments in Corporate 
Governance best practice and we are mindful of the increasing 
focus on all stakeholders.

Lee Ginsberg
Chair of the Board

43

I am pleased to present our corporate governance report, which 
outlines the details of our corporate governance arrangements 
and reports on the activities of the Nomination, Remuneration 
and Audit Committees during the year.  

The Board continues to engage with its various different 
stakeholders as illustrated on the opposite page.   

Compliance with UK Corporate Governance Code 2016
The 2016 edition of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) applied to the Group 
during the course of this year and I am pleased to confirm that 
the Group is in full compliance. During FY18, the Group was 
classed as a “smaller company” for the purposes of the 2016 
Code. Due to the Group’s promotion to the FTSE 250 in FY18, 
the Group will cease to be a “smaller company” in FY19 and a 
number of additional provisions will apply to the Group during 
the course of FY19 and the Group is taking steps to facilitate 
compliance with the reporting requirements which will apply to 
it in FY19.

The FRC released an updated version of the Code on 16 July 
2018 which applies to accounting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2019. The new Code will therefore apply to 
the Group during the course of the financial year ending 30 
September 2020 (FY20). However, the Board is fully supportive 
of the new Code, particularly around the importance of 
stakeholder engagement and corporate culture, and the Board 
is taking steps to comply with the new Code in FY19.

The report which follows this introduction will set out in detail 
how the Group ensures compliance with the provisions of the 
2016 Code and how it is moving towards compliance with 
the additional provisions of the 2016 Code which will apply 
in FY19, and its progress to preparing for compliance with the 
2018 Code. 

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE  
 
Stakeholder engagement in 2018

Examples of engagement

Examples of issues addressed by stakeholders

Customers
›  Customer Service
›  24/7 emergency assistance
›  Assistance line for customers 

in resort
›  Social Media
›  Net Promoter Score
›  Online surveys and focus groups
›  Personalised experiences
›  Flexible payment plans
›  Holiday checklist
›  Airline insolvency
›  Resolve supplier issues
Increase service quality
› 
›  Deliver product (supply) quality
›  Enhance product e.g. payment plans 
› 
Increase repeat purchase rates
›  Pre-departure checks/assistance

Employees
›  HIVE (internal engagement barometer)
›  Values and culture workshops
›  Beach Life (Internal magazine)
›  OTB employee council
›  Role swaps
›  R&D weeks (innovation weeks)
›  Meet the CEO/ Ideas inbox
›  OTB Big Breakfasts/Picnics/BBQ
›  Townhall meetings
›  Hack week
›  Office relocation/refurbishment
›  Employee satisfaction
›  Gender Pay Gap Report
›  Remuneration and benefits
›  Development, Training & Qualifications
›  Volunteering Opportunities
›  Diversity & Inclusion
›  Culture
›  Spanish language classes
›  Company performance
›  Share schemes
Innovations
› 

Shareholders
›  Annual general meeting
›  Annual Report
› 
Individual meetings
›  OTB growth strategy
›  Corporate Governance
›  Remuneration
›  Diversity & Inclusion

Suppliers
›  Conferences and forums
›  Business tools and MI development
›  Daily interactions and quarterly meetings
›  Supply strategy – drive more volume into

top selling partnerships
Improve co-operation and partnerships

› 
›  Drive deeper relationships with key suppliers
›  Customer service
›  Package Travel Regulations

44

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
Directors’ biographies

Simon Cooper  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Paul Meehan   
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Lee Ginsberg  
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR OF THE BOARD

Simon Cooper is the founder and Chief 
Executive Officer of On the Beach.  
Simon began his career in the travel 
industry while attending university 
when he founded ski holiday company 
On the Piste Travel Limited in 1996, 
which went on to be purchased by 
Thomson (now TUI) in 2008.

On the Beach was created in 2004 as 
a sister company, specialising in beach 
holidays and running on a platform 
operated by Teletext Holidays, with 
bookings taken via a call centre.  The 
Company launched its first website 
in 2004 and expanded rapidly, 
securing private equity investment 
from Livingbridge in 2007 and going 
on to secure further investment from 
Inflexion private equity in 2013.

Simon led the business through its IPO 
in 2015 and its entry into the FTSE 250 
in 2018.

Simon is also a Non-Executive Director 
of CurrentBody.com Limited

Appointed to Board:
17 August 2015
Independent:
No
External appointments:
Non-Executive Director of 
Current Body.com Limited

Committee memberships:
Disclosure

Paul joined the business as CFO in 
January 2017. Prior to that, Paul was 
a Director at Gala Coral Interactive 
(Gibraltar) Ltd. (now part of the merged 
Ladbrokes Coral Group plc). Paul 
joined Gala Interactive as Finance 
Director in April 2012, as part of a new 
management team, successfully re-
launching the online gaming business 
in Gibraltar. 

Paul previously held CFO/FD positions 
in a number of businesses in the UK, 
including online retail, gaming and 
technology businesses.

Appointed to Board:
16 January 2017
Independent:
No
External appointments:
None
Committee memberships:
Disclosure

Lee Ginsberg joined the Company in 
August 2015 and became Chair on 3 
September 2018.  He is a Chartered 
Accountant by profession and was 
previously Chief Financial Officer of 
Domino’s Pizza Group plc, having 
joined the business in 2004 and retired 
on 2 April 2014.

Prior to his role at Domino’s Pizza 
Group plc, Lee held the post of Group 
Finance Director at Health Club 
Holdings Limited, formerly Holmes 
Place plc, where he also served for 18 
months as Deputy Chief Executive.

Lee is a non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
of Reach plc and a Non-Executive 
Director and Senior Independent 
Director of Softcat Plc. Lee is also the 
Non-Executive Deputy Chair, Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the 
Audit Committee of Patisserie Valerie 
Holdings plc.

Appointed to Board:
17 August 2015
Independent:
Yes
External appointments:
Softcat Plc
Oriole Restaurants
Reach Plc
Patisserie Valerie Holdings plc
Committee memberships:
Audit (Chair until 3 September 2018), 
Nomination (Chair from 3 September 
2018), Remuneration

45

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE  
 
Directors’ biographies

Richard Segal   
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR OF THE BOARD 
UNTIL 3 SEPTEMBER 2018 

David Kelly   
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR & SENIOR 
INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Elaine O’Donnell  
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 

Richard Segal served as the Non-
Executive Chair of the Board until 
3 September 2018 and as a Non-
Executive Director until 28 September 
2018. He is Chairman of Racing Post, 
Direct Ferries and Encore Tickets.

Previously, Richard was Chairman 
for Esporta and Barratts PriceLess, a 
founding partner of 3i Quoted Private 
Equity, a Non-Executive Director at The 
Kyte Group, Chief Executive Officer at 
PartyGaming Plc and Odeon Cinemas 
(where he led a management buy-out 
from the Rank Group) and Managing 
Director of Rank Group’s entertainment 
sector. He holds a BA in Economics 
from Manchester University and is a 
member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of England and Wales.

David Kelly joined the Company in 
August 2015 as a Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee.  David was appointed 
Senior Independent Director on 3 
September 2018.  David is currently 
a Non-Executive Director of The Gym 
Group Plc. He was previously the 
Operations Director at Amazon from 
1998 to 2000, the Chief Operating 
Officer at Lastminute.com from 2000 to 
2003 the Vice President, Operations/
Chief Operating Officer at eBay 
from 2003 to 2007 and Senior Vice 
President of International at Rackspace 
from 2010 to 2012.

In 2007, David co-founded mydeco.
com and, more recently, has built a 
wide portfolio of Non-Executive and 
advisory positions – including Chair/
Non-Executive Director of Pure 360.

Appointed to Board:
17 August 2015 (resigned on 28 
September 2018)
Independent:
Yes
External appointments:
Spread A Smile
Encore Tickets
Racing Post
Direct Ferries
Committee memberships:
Audit, Nomination (chairman until 3 
September 2018),
Remuneration, Disclosure

Appointed to Board:
28 August 2015
Independent:
Yes
External appointments:
The Gym Group Plc
Reach Plc
Holiday Extras 
Pure 360
Simply Business
Camelot UK Lotteries 
Prezola Limited
Atcore Technology Group Ltd
Committee memberships:
Audit, Nomination,
Remuneration (chair)

Elaine joined the company in July 2018 
as a Non-Executive Director and is 
Chair of the Audit Committee. Elaine 
is also currently a Non-Executive 
Director at Findel Plc (where she is 
also Chair of Audit Committee), Games 
Workshop Group Plc (where she is 
Chair of Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee) and MSIF (where she is 
also Chair of the Board of the wholly 
owned subsidiary Alliance Fund 
Managers (AFM)).

Prior to that Elaine was a Partner 
at Ernst & Young LLP where she 
specialised in Corporate Finance, 
Mergers and Acquisitions. Elaine is a 
Chartered Accountant and holds a BA 
(Joint Hons) in Accountancy and Law.

Appointed to Board:
3 July 2018
Independent:
Yes
External appointments:
MSIF
Games Workshop
Findel plc
Committee memberships:
Audit (chair from 3 September 2018), 
Nomination, Remuneration

46

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

“

OUR VALUES: COMMUNICATION

Two heads are nearly 
always better than 
one and our working 
environment, which 
supports collaboration 
and open communication, 
is brilliant for bringing 
teams together to share 

news and develop ideas.”

Andrea Head of Communications and Content

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

47
47

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
Corporate governance statement

Introduction
This section explains key features of the Company’s governance 
structure and how it complies with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code published in 2016 by the Financial Reporting 
Council. This section also includes items required by the Listing 
Rules and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
(DTRs). The Code is available on the Financial Reporting 
Council website at www.frc.org.uk.

Compliance with the 2016 Code
The Company is committed to achieving and maintaining the 
highest standards of corporate governance. During the financial 
year ending 30 September 2018 (the “reporting period”) the 
Company was compliant with the Code in its entirety. There are 

no areas of non-compliance and this was achieved through 
the strong governance structure in place.

Throughout the reporting period, the Company was a 
“smaller company” as defined in the Code. As the Company 
entered the FTSE 250 during the reporting period, the 
Company will cease to be a smaller company with effect 
from the reporting period commencing on 1 October 2018 
and ending on 30 September 2019 (FY19).

Details and explanations of the application of the principles 
of corporate governance are set out in the following sections 
of this Corporate Governance Statement. 

BOARD
OF
DIRECTORS

Executive
Directors

Nomination 
Committee

Renumeration 
Committee

Audit 
Committee

Disclosure
Committee

Executive
Team

Leadership
Role	of	the	Board 
The Board is comprised of five members: the Non-Executive 
Chair of the Board, two Executive Directors and two Non-
Executive Directors (for the period between 3 July 2018 and 28 
September 2018, there were three Non-Executive Directors). 
Details of the skills and expertise of each member of the Board 
is set out in the profiles on pages 45 and 46. 

The Board is also responsible for leading and controlling the 
Group and has overall authority for the management and 
conduct of the Group’s business, strategy and development. 
The Board is also responsible for ensuring the maintenance 
of a sound system of internal control and risk management 

(including financial, operational and compliance controls and 
for reviewing the overall effectiveness of systems in place) 
and for the approval of any changes to the capital, corporate 
and/or management structure of the Group.

The Executive Directors are supported by an Executive team 
to whom the Board delegates the detailed implementation 
of matters approved by the Board and the day-to-day 
operational aspects of the business, who cascade this 
responsibility throughout the Group. The Board has close 
contact with the wider Executive team, who are regularly 
invited to attend meetings of the Board to provide functional 
presentations in relation to strategic matters of interest to 
the Board.

48

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Matters reserved to the Board
The Board has reserved certain specific matters to itself for decision. The full schedule of matters reserved to the Board is available 
in the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website, or from the Company Secretary upon request, but the key matters 
include:
›  Approval of (and changes to) annual operating and capital expenditure budgets
›  Extension of the Group’s activities into new business or geographic areas;
›  Changes to the Group’s capital or corporate structure, including acquisitions and disposals;
›  Financial reporting and controls;
› 
›  Approval of major contracts and commitments;
›  Communication with shareholders;
›  Board membership and senior appointments;
›  Remuneration;
›  Delegation of authority to committees and below board level;
›  Corporate governance matters; and
›  Approval of policies adopted by the Group.

Internal controls, including maintenance of a sound system of internal control and risk management;

Board Committees 
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to four Board Committees to assist it with discharging its duties. A summary of the 
terms of reference for each Committee is set out below but the full terms of reference are available on the Company’s website and from 
the Company Secretary upon request. 

Committee

Role and terms of reference

Members

Report on page

Audit Committee

Reviews and reports to the Board 
on the Group’s financial reporting, 
internal control and risk management 
systems, whistleblowing, internal 
audit and the independence and 
effectiveness of the external auditors.

Elaine O’Donnell (member since 3 July 2018, 
Chair from 3 September 2018)
Lee Ginsberg (Chair until 3 September 2018)
David Kelly
Richard Segal (until 28 September 2018)

Remuneration 
Committee

Responsible for all elements of 
the remuneration of the Executive 
Directors and the Chair, and other 
members of senior management. 

David Kelly (Chair)
Lee Ginsberg 
Richard Segal (until 28 September 2018)
Elaine O’Donnell  (from 3 July 2018)

Nomination 
Committee

Reviews structure, size and 
composition of Board and its 
Committees and makes appropriate 
recommendations to Board.

Lee Ginsberg (Chair from 3 September 2018)
Richard Segal (Chair until 3 September 2018, 
member until 28 September 2018)
David Kelly 
Elaine O’Donnell (from 3 July 2018)

Disclosure 
Committee

Responsible for overseeing the 
Company’s compliance with the 
Market Abuse Regulation and making 
decisions (with support of advisers) 
on when information must be 
disclosed to the market.

Simon Cooper (Chair)
Lee Ginsberg (from 3 September 2018)
Richard Segal (until 3 September 2018)
Paul Meehan

57

61

55

N/A

49

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCECorporate governance statement

Board and committee meetings
Board meetings (and Audit Committee meetings, where 
appropriate) are scheduled to coincide with the Company’s 
financial reporting calendar, including the announcement of full 
and half year results, and the AGM.

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for managing the 
business and driving it forward, including the responsibility 
for:
› 
›  developing Group objectives and strategy, having regard  

the operations of the Group; 

The Company has a Board and Committee calendar, which 
is updated regularly and which sets out all matters to be 
covered by the Board and Committees over a rolling twelve-
month period, including strategy, standard business, matters 
directly linked with financial reporting and results, corporate 
governance requirements and ongoing training for the Board.

During the reporting period, twelve Board meetings were held. 
All Board meetings were attended by all Directors who were 
entitled to attend.

There have been 3 meetings of the Audit Committee, 8 
meetings of the Remuneration Committee and 3 meetings of 
the Nomination Committee (each attended by all members of 
the Committees). 

Disclosure committee
The Disclosure Committee maintains procedures, systems and 
controls for the identification, treatment and disclosure of inside 
information and ensures compliance with the obligations falling 
on the Company and its directors and employees under the 
Market Abuse Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 and the Listing 
Rules of the London Stock Exchange.

The Disclosure Committee reviews market announcements, 
identifies potential inside information, creates and amends 
insider information lists and implements disclosure procedures.

Insurance cover
The Company has made arrangements for appropriate 
insurance cover to be put in place in respect of legal action 
against its directors.

Division of responsibilities
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are exercised by 
different individuals. The division of responsibilities between 
the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer has been defined, 
formalised in writing, and approved by the Board.

The Chair is responsible for:
› 

the leadership and effectiveness of the Board and setting its 
agenda and ensuring sufficient time is available for
discussion of agenda items, in particular strategic issues;
ensuring that all Directors receive accurate, timely and clear
information on financial, business and corporate matters to

› 

› 

to the Group’s responsibilities to its shareholders,  
customers, employees and other stakeholders;
following presentation to, and approval by, the Board,  
for the successful implementation and achievement of  
those strategies and objectives;
ensuring that the Group’s businesses are managed in line  

› 
  with strategy and approved business plans, and comply  
  with applicable legislation and Group policy; 
ensuring effective communication with shareholders; and
› 
setting Group human resource policies, including  
› 
  management development and succession planning for

the Senior Executive team.

Non-Executive Directors and Senior Independent Director
In addition to the Chair, the Company has two independent 
Non-Executive Directors, who are appointed to bring 
independence, impartiality, wide experience, special 
knowledge and personal qualities to the Board.

The Code recommends that the board of directors of a 
company with a premium listing on the Official List should 
appoint one of the Non-Executive Directors to be the Senior 
Independent Director to provide a sounding board for the 
Chair and to serve as an intermediary for the other directors 
when necessary. The Senior Independent Director should 
be available to shareholders if they have concerns which 
contact through the normal channels of the Chair, CEO or 
other Executive Directors has failed to resolve or for which 
such contact is inappropriate. David Kelly was appointed 
Senior Independent Director on 3 September 2018 when 
Lee Ginsberg stepped down from this position upon his 
appointment as Chair of the Board.

Regularly, following the end of board meetings the Chair 
and Non-Executive Directors meet formally without the 
Executive Directors present in order to provide evaluation on 
the Executive Directors. Similarly, the Non-Executive Directors 
meet to evaluate and appraise the Chair’s performance. These 
regular appraisals are important to evaluate the knowledge 
and skills of members of the board.

Where directors have a concern which cannot be resolved 
about the Company or a proposed action, their concern would 
be minuted by the Company Secretary following the relevant 
Board or Committee meeting.

facilitating the effective contribution of Non-Executive  

ensuring constructive relations between Executive and  

  make sound Board decisions;
› 
  Directors;
› 
  Non-Executive Directors; 
ensuring effective communication with shareholders;
› 
› 
ensuring that the performance of individual Directors, the
  Board as a whole and its Committees is evaluated at least

once a year.

50

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EFFECTIVENESS

Composition of the Board: balance of skills and 
independence
As a ‘‘smaller company’’, the Code recommends that the 
Company should have at least two independent non-executive 
directors. The Board consists of two Non-Executive Directors 
(excluding the Chair) and two Executive Directors. The 
Company regards both of the Non-Executive Directors as 
‘‘independent Non-Executive Directors’’ within the meaning of 
the Code and free from any relationship that could materially 
interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement. 

Lee Ginsberg holds a minor shareholding in the Company 
of 16,300 Ordinary Shares, representing 0.013% of the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital. The Board does 
not consider this to threaten Lee’s independence given the 
shareholding is minor and is not material in the context of Lee’s 
wider business interests and shareholdings.

The UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the 
Chair of a company admitted to the premium listing segment of 
the Official List should meet the independence criteria set out in 
the Code. The Board regards each of Richard Segal (Chair until 
3 September 2018) and Lee Ginsberg (Chair from 3 September 
2018) as an ‘‘independent Non-Executive Director’’ within the 
meaning of the UK Corporate Governance Code. In reaching 
this determination, the Board has had regard to (i) each 
Director’s shareholding in the Company; and (ii) the material 
business relationships he has developed within the Group over 
his tenure with the Company. The Board is satisfied with the 
judgment, experience and approach adopted by each Director 
and has determined that each Director is of independent 
character and judgment, notwithstanding the circumstances 
described at (i) and (ii) above, on the grounds that in the context 
of each Director’s wider business interests and shareholdings, 
this is not material and therefore unlikely to challenge their 
independence.

The Board considers, on the recommendation of the 
Nomination Committee, that the Board and its Committees 
have the appropriate balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge of the Company taking into 
account the respective skills, experience, independence and 
knowledge of each of the Directors. This will continue to be 
monitored by the Nomination Committee.

Appointments to the Board
The Nomination Committee leads the process for Board 
appointments and makes recommendations to the Board.  The 
Nomination Committee were involved in all Board changes 
during the year.  Please see page 55 for the report of the 
Nomination Committee.

The Board can appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill 
a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director 
so appointed shall hold office only until the next AGM and shall 
then be eligible for election by the shareholders.

Following recommendations from the Nomination Committee, 
the Board considers that all Directors continue to be effective, 
committed to their roles and are able to devote sufficient time 
to their duties. Accordingly, all Directors will seek election at the 
Company’s forthcoming AGM. 

Non-executive directors are typically expected to serve two 
three-year terms, although the Board may invite the Director to 
serve for an additional period.

Diversity
The Group is committed to eliminating discrimination and 
encouraging diversity amongst the workforce. We have an 
equality and diversity policy in place in order to promote a 
culture that actively values differences and recognises that 
people from different backgrounds and experiences can bring 
valuable insights to the workplace. We are aware of the need 
to keep under review the diversity of our organisation as a 
whole, including our Board, in all respects including in terms 
of socio-economic background, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual 
orientation, age, physical abilities, religious beliefs, political 
beliefs and other ideologies.  

It is important that we maintain a diverse workforce across all 
these areas, but one particular area of focus for the organisation 
is gender diversity. In the technology industry as a whole, there 
is a considerable gender imbalance, with significantly more men 
than women going into the industry. This trend is reflected in 
On the Beach’s IT development team, but we are committed to 
taking steps to attract and retain women into our IT team (see 
page 39 for more details).  

Should a Board vacancy arise, the recruitment process will 
be led by the Nomination Committee who will ensure that 
diversity, in all forms, is taken into consideration.  See the report 
of the Nomination Committee on page 55 for further details.

51

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCECorporate governance statement

As at 30 September 2018, the average age of our employees 
was 33 years old and the gender split between employees was 
as follows:

Male 

Female          Percentage 
           of female 
         employees

Directors of the 
Company 
Senior management 
Other employees  

      4 

           1   

    20% 

    29 
  151 

         13   
      307 

     31%
     49%

AGM
Our Annual General Meeting will be held at 11am on 7 
February 2019 at Aeroworks, 5 Adair Street, Manchester M1 
2NQ. All shareholders will have the opportunity to attend and 
vote, in person or by proxy, at the AGM.  The notice of the AGM 
is available on our corporate website and sets out the business 
of the meeting and an explanatory note. Separate resolutions 
are proposed in respect of each substantive issue.

All members of the Board will be present at the AGM and will 
be able to answer any questions from shareholders.

Commitment and external directorships
Any external appointments or other significant commitments of 
the Directors require the prior approval of the Board.

The Chair, the Non-Executive Directors and the CEO each hold 
external directorships, and these are disclosed within their 
profiles on pages 45 and 46.  

The Board is comfortable that the external directorships do not 
impact on the time that any director devotes to the Company 
and in the Board’s view, these external directorships enhance 
the collective experience of the Board.

Directors’ conflicts of interests
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid situations in which 
they have or may have interests that conflict with those of the 
Company, unless that conflict is first authorised by the Board. 
This includes potential conflicts that may arise when a Director 
takes up a position with another Company. The Company’s 
Articles of Association enable the Board to authorise potential 
conflicts of interest which may arise and to impose limits or 
conditions, as appropriate, when giving any authorisation.

Any decision of the Board to authorise a conflict of interest is 
only effective if it is agreed without the conflicted Director(s) 
voting or without their vote(s) being counted. In making such 
a decision, the Directors must act in a way they consider in 
good faith will be the most likely to promote the success of the 
Company.

The Company maintains a register of related parties and 
register of Directors’ interests, which is reviewed by the Board 
on a regular basis.

Other employees

Senior Management

Directors of the Group

0%

20% 40% 60% 80% 100%

Male

Female

Development of Directors
The Company has an induction programme for all new 
Directors joining the board which was completed by Elaine 
O’Donnell during the year.  The Chair continually reviews the 
training needs of Directors according to their individual needs.  
This review is ongoing and forms part of the annual appraisal 
process. 

The Directors attend development days during the year 
where they are provided with updates on developments and 
training on certain areas in order to deepen and develop their 
understanding of particular areas of the business.  These 
development days are in addition to the regular training 
arranged by the Company Secretary.  Directors also undertake 
individual training which gives them the opportunity to 
undertake a ‘deep dive’ into certain areas of the business.   

Information and support
All Directors have access to the Company Secretary, who 
advises them on governance matters. 

Directors receive and access their board papers via an 
electronic portal.  The Chair and the Company Secretary work 
together to ensure that board papers are clear, accurate and 
of sufficient quality to ensure the Board can discharge its 
duties.

Specific business-related presentations are given by senior 
management as part of board meetings where appropriate. 
As well as the support of the Company Secretary, Directors 
have access to the Company’s professional advisers where 
considered necessary.

52

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board evaluation
The Board is committed to, and understands the value and 
importance of the evaluation and appraisal of the performance 
of the Board, its Committees, and of the individual Directors and 
the Chair. The Board has carried out an evaluation to review 
the composition, experience and skills to ensure that the Board 
and its Committees continue to work effectively and that the 
Directors are demonstrating a commitment to their roles.

This year’s board evaluation was the third undertaken by the 
Company and was conducted in-house.  Next year the Board 
will consider whether to consider to undertake an externally 
facilitated evaluation.

As part of the evaluation process, questionnaires were 
completed by each board member in order to compare 
performance against the Corporate Governance Code. The 
questionnaire covered leadership, effectiveness, accountability, 
shareholder relations, meetings and administration. The 
Board approved the agreed questionnaires and then these 
were completed electronically. Results were analysed and the 
Company Secretary prepared a report for the Chair. This was 
tabled for discussion at a Board meeting.

The evaluation established that the Board and its Committees 
were operating effectively and efficiently, with good leadership 
and accountability. The Board dynamic works well, with great 
dedication and commitment of each of the Board members, 
and with the appropriate level of support and challenge from 
Non-Executive Directors. No major issues arose and it was 
acknowledged that the appointment of Elaine O’Donnell 
had improved diversity on the Board which was previously a 
concern.

Investor relations
The Company is committed to engaging and maintaining an 
active dialogue with all of its shareholders. The Company has 
rolled out an investor relations programme enabling dialogue 
and meetings between the Executive Directors and institutional 
investors, fund managers and analysts. At these meetings, a 
wide range of relevant issues including strategy, performance, 
management and governance are discussed within the 
constraints of information which has already been made public. 

David Kelly, as Chair of the Remuneration Committee, has 
engaged major shareholders in advance of the proposed 
changes to the remuneration policy (see pages 65 to 72).

The Board is aware that institutional shareholders may 
be in more regular contact with the Company than other 
shareholders, but care is exercised to ensure that any price-
sensitive information is released to all shareholders, institutional 
and private, at the same time, in accordance with the legal 
requirements.

Questions from individual shareholders are generally dealt with 
by the Executive Directors.

All shareholders can access announcements, investor 
presentations and the Annual Report on the Company’s 
corporate website (www.onthebeachgroupplc.com).
The Senior Independent Director, David Kelly, is available to 
shareholders if they have concerns which cannot be raised 
through the normal channels or if such concerns have not been 
resolved. Arrangements can be made to meet with him through 
the Company Secretary.

Compliance with 7.2.6R DTR
In accordance with the requirements of the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules, Rule 7.2.6R, pages 85 to 87 contains 
details of significant shareholdings, special rights attached to 
securities and voting rights and all other matters required to be 
disclosed.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf:

K Vickerstaff
Company Secretary
28 November 2018

53

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE“

OUR VALUES: INNOVATION

As a tech driven company, 
innovation isn’t just a buzz word 
to us. We’re proud to punch above 
our weight, and we’re aiming every 
day to out-innovate the market, be 
they industry stalwarts or Silicon 

Valley start-ups. ”

Chris Director of Product and Innovation

54
54

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Report of the Nomination Committee

I am pleased to introduce the report of the Nomination 
Committee for the year ended 30 September 2018.

Members of the Nomination Committee
Richard Segal (until 28 September 2018, Chair until 3    
September 2018)   
Lee Ginsberg (Chair from 3 September 2018)
David Kelly
Elaine O’Donnell (from 3 July 2018)

›  Composed of three independent Non-Executive Directors
›  At least two meetings held per year
›  Meetings are attended by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief  

Executive, Company Secretary and other relevant attendees  
by invitation.

Three meetings were held during the year: 

             Percentage of

   Meetings  
   attended/ Total              meetings 
   meetings held               attended
   3/3 
Richard Segal 
   3/3 
David Kelly 
Lee Ginsberg 
   3/3 
Elaine O’Donnell     N/A 

              100%
              100%
              100%
              N/A

Role of the Committee
The Committee has primary responsibility for leading the 
process for board appointments and making recommendations 
to the Board, bearing in mind the need for diversity and a 
balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge 
across the Board, taking care to ensure that appointees have 
enough time available to devote to the position.

Succession planning - Board
In accordance with its Terms of Reference the Committee 
must ensure progressive refreshing of the Board, taking into 
account the challenges and opportunities facing the Company 
and what balance of skills and expertise are needed on the 
Board in the future. At the Committee meeting in May 2018, 
the Committee noted that the current Board had been in place 
since the Company listed in September 2015 and therefore it 
was a natural point for directors to consider their future with 
the Board.

Appointment of new Chairman - May 2018
Richard Segal expressed his intention to step down following 
an orderly succession management process. In line with Code 
Provision B.3.1, the Committee prepared a job specification 
including an assessment of the time commitment expected, 
recognising the need for availability in the event of crises. 

I was identified by the Committee as an obvious and suitable 
candidate to succeed Richard as Non-Executive Chair of the 
Board. 

The Committee concluded that I met the requirements of 
the role specification, was independent for the purposes of 
the Code and could devote sufficient time to the role. It was 
further noted that as Senior Independent Director, and having 
served as a Director for three years, I was well qualified for the 
role of Chair, so it was not necessary or desirable to undertake 
an external search. 

The Committee therefore recommended the appointment of 
Lee to the Board of the Company as Non-Executive Chair of 
the Board.

“Diversity is critical to the future 
success of the business and the 
Committee fully appreciates the 
benefit of a diverse Board in ensuring 
the broadest range of views, 
constructive debate and challenge 
and in good decision making.”

Lee Ginsberg
CHAIRMAN, NOMINATION COMMITTEE

55

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Nomination Committee

Appointment of Senior Independent Director - May 2018
My appointment to Non-Executive Chair of the Board meant 
that there was a need to appoint a new Senior Independent 
Director (SID). 

The purpose of the SID, as set out in the Code, was to provide 
a sounding board for the Chair and to serve as an intermediary 
for the other Directors when necessary.  The SID would also be 
available to shareholders if they had concerns which could not 
be addressed through the usual channels.

The Committee concluded that David Kelly, who had served as 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of Remuneration Committee 
for three years, had the appropriate skills to be able to discharge 
the role of SID and therefore the Committee recommended this 
appointment to the Board.

Appointment of additional Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of Audit Committee - July 2018
My appointment to Non-Executive Chair of the Board meant 
that there was a need to appoint a new Chair of Audit 
Committee and a new Non-Executive Director and the 
Committee led the search for a new Director that had the skills 
to fulfil this role. The Committee engaged the services of PWC 
LLP to assist with the search.

Appointments to the Board continue to be made on the basis 
of merit against objective criteria to ensure the appointment of 
the best candidate for the role. However, given the importance 
of diversity, the Committee requested that the shortlist of 
candidates was as diverse as possible and that there be a fair 
gender balance. The strongest candidate for the role by far 
was Elaine O’Donnell, who was not only an excellent cultural 
fit but also whose wealth of experience in finance and across 
a range of businesses (including M&A expertise) was clearly of 
enormous benefit to the Group.

Succession planning
Continuing the work undertaken in the 2017 financial year, 
the Committee reviewed the Group’s succession planning 
arrangements for the Executive Directors, the executive team 
and the senior management team, including the employees 
regarded as key for the ongoing success of the Group.  The 
Committee monitored the risks in the succession plan, and 
recommended that certain actions took place to address any 
risk areas, including working with the Remuneration Committee 
to ensure that the remuneration for these individuals was at an 
appropriate level and in an appropriate structure to incentivise 
and retain talent in the business.

In particular, the Committee was involved in the succession 
management processes for:
›  Alistair Daly (formerly Chief Marketing Officer), who was
succeeded by Alan Harding, who stepped up into a

Jonathan Smith (formerly Chief Technology Officer), who

  Marketing Director role in April 2018; and
› 
  was succeeded by Stefan Nordin as the new CTO in
  October 2018.

Diversity
Diversity (in all respects including in terms of socio-economic 
background, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, age, 
physical abilities, religious and political beliefs) is critical to 
the future success of the business and the Committee fully 
appreciates the benefit of a diverse Board in ensuring the 
broadest range of views, constructive debate and challenge and 
in good decision making.

The Nomination Committee considered the diversity on the 
Board during the year, particularly the fact that following 
the retirement of Wendy Parry and the appointment of Paul 
Meehan in 2017, the Board became all-male.  In addition to the 
gender imbalance there is also an ethnicity imbalance and the 
Committee considered diversity as a whole. 

The Nomination Committee leads Board appointments and it 
was agreed that in relation to Board appointments, diversity 
and equality remained a key value for the Company, and that 
it was the utmost priority for the Committee to ensure that 
where there is a vacancy on the Board, selection is on the basis 
of merit against objective criteria to ensure the appointment 
of the best individual for each role. It was agreed that the 
Board should not specifically look to recruit a Director purely 
to address the current imbalance of gender and ethnicity. 
However the Company will continue to monitor diversity both 
on the Board and across the business to ensure diversity and 
equal opportunities.

Further Board changes - November 2018
I will step down as Chair of the Board and of the Nomination 
Committee at the end of November in order to focus on other 
time commitments, but I will continue to serve as Non-
Executive Director of the Company. David Kelly will serve as 
Chair of the Board on an interim basis while the Nomination 
Committee oversees the search for a permanent Chair of the 
Board.

Board evaluation & re-election of Directors
The Committee reviewed the results of the Board evaluation 
and Director appraisal process as described on page 53 and 
has recommended to the Board, after evaluating the balance 
of skills, knowledge, independence and experience of each 
Director, that all Directors will seek re-election at the Company’s 
forthcoming AGM. 

I will be available at the AGM to discuss any questions that 
shareholders have in relation to the work of the Committee.

Lee Ginsberg 
Chair, Nomination Committee
28 November 2018

56

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for 2018, 
my first as Chair of Audit Committee.  

Three meetings were held during the year:

With the assistance of management and KPMG, the 
Committee has considered the main financial reporting 
issues, estimates and judgements, and we believe that 
the information in the Annual Report is fair, balanced, and 
understandable and clearly explains progress against our 
strategic and operating objectives.  There has been no 
correspondence from audit regulators, including the Financial 
Reporting Council, during the financial year.  

We believe that rigorous internal controls and robust risk 
management processes are an essential part of delivering 
shareholder value. The Committee has assisted the Board in 
performing a review of effectiveness of the processes and 
systems in place.

Members of the Audit Committee
Elaine O’Donnell (member since 3 July 2018, Chair since 3
September 2018)                       
Lee Ginsberg (Chair until 3 September 2018)
Richard Segal (member until 28 September 2018)
David Kelly

›  Composed of three independent Non-Executive Directors
›  Elaine O’Donnell is considered by the Board to have

extensive recent and relevant financial experience and all

  members have had experience in large organisations
(Directors’ biographies appear on pages 45 and 46).

›  At least three meetings held per year
›  Meetings are attended by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Executive, Company Secretary and external auditor by
invitation

   Meetings  
   attended 

   3/3 
Lee Ginsberg 
   3/3 
David Kelly 
Richard Segal 
   3/3 
Elaine O’Donnell     1/1 

             Percentage of
             meetings 
             attended
              100%
              100%
              100%
              100%

Financial Reporting
The primary role of the Committee in relation to financial 
reporting is to review and monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements, including annual and half-year reports, result 
announcements, dividend proposals and any other formal 
announcement relating to the Group’s financial performance.

The Committee has looked at the quality and appropriateness 
of the accounting principles and policies adopted and whether 
management had made appropriate underlying estimates 
and judgements. In carrying out this review, the Committee 
has looked at management reports in respect of the main 
financial reporting issues and judgements made, together with 
reports prepared by the external auditor on the 2018 half-year 
statement and Annual Report 2018.

Work undertaken by the Committee in relation to 2018 
Financial Statements
The Committee has reviewed the content of the 2018 Annual 
Report and considered whether, taken as a whole, in its 
opinion it is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee was provided with a draft of the Annual Report 
in order to assess the strategic direction and key messages 
being communicated. The Committee provided feedback 
highlighting any areas in which they felt that further clarity or 
information was required and this was then incorporated into 
the report provided for Audit Committee approval.

“We believe that rigorous internal 
controls and robust risk management 
processes are an essential part of 
delivering shareholder value. The 
Committee has assisted the Board in 
performing a review of effectiveness of 
the processes and systems in place. ”

Elaine O’Donnell
CHAIR, AUDIT COMMITTEE

57

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

The Group will shortly commence a tender process for the 
appointment of an external auditor. The tender process 
will be supervised by the Committee, who will then make 
a recommendation to the Board on the appointment or 
reappointment of the audit (as applicable). 

In the meantime, the Group will be propsing the re-appointment 
of its current auditor at the 2019 AGM. 

Non-audit services
The Company’s external auditor may also be used to provide 
specialist advice where, as a result of their position as auditors, 
they either must, or are best placed to, perform the work in 
question. A formal policy is in place in relation to the provision of 
non-audit services by the external auditor to ensure that there 
is adequate protection of their independence and objectivity.

The Company’s policy is that, except in exceptional 
circumstances, non-audit fees to the audit firm should not 
exceed 70% of the amount of the audit fee for the current 
financial year (audit fee £0.2m). In addition, all non-audit work 
in excess of £15,000 should be the subject of a competitive 
tender.

It should be noted that, in the current year (FY18), it was 
disclosed that fees totalling £nil were paid to KPMG for non-
audit services.  

UK Corporate Governance Code
Each year the Committee conducts a detailed review of the 
Company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. The Committee was satisfied that it complied with all the 
provisions of the Code; Elaine O’Donnell has (and prior to her 
appointment, Lee Ginsberg had) substantial recent and relevant 
financial experience, along with experience in the technology 
and/or consumer sector and the other members of the 
Committee have experience in both the travel and technology 
and/or consumer sectors. 

Whistleblowing
A whistleblowing policy has been adopted which includes 
access to a whistleblowing telephone service run by an 
independent organisation, allowing employees to raise 
concerns on an entirely confidential basis. The Committee 
receives reports on the use of the service, any significant 
reports that have been received, the investigations carried out 
and any actions arising as a result.

No whistleblowing reports were recevied during the year.

Internal audit
The Group did not have a stand-alone internal audit 
department during the year. The Committee has reviewed 
the need for an internal audit function during the year and 
considers that having no internal audit function is appropriate 
on the grounds that:
›  The business operates from a single site;
›  Procedures and routines are well established across the  

business; and

›  There is a significant degree of senior oversight, particularly  
in respect of ongoing business performance, involving both  
the CEO and CFO.

The Committee will, as part of its remit, continue to evaluate 
the effectiveness and robustness of the current system of 
control as the Group grows (in particular with the move to two 
head-office sites, and the acquisition of Classic Collection) as 
to whether an independent Internal Audit Department would 
be more appropriate and to set down the guidelines for the 
operation of such a department, or alternatively, whether the 
Group should operate a rolling programme of internal audit with 
the support of an external adviser.

In line with its terms of reference, during the year, the Audit 
Committee has undertaken reviews on the Company’s 
processes, procedures and safeguards. 

External auditor
The Committee oversees the Group’s relationship with the 
external auditor. The Committee holds meetings with the 
auditor without management present with the purpose 
of understanding the auditor’s views on the control and 
governance environment and management’s effectiveness 
within it. To fulfil its responsibilities in respect of the 
independence and effectiveness of the external auditor, the 
Committee reviewed:
›  The audit work plan for the Group;
›  The detailed findings of the audit, including a discussion

of any major issues that arose during the audit;

›  The findings of the external auditor in respect of both the  

financial statements for the six-month period ending 31  
  March 2018 and for the year ended 30 September 2018.
›  The Committee is mindful of its responsibility to ensure

that the external auditor maintains its independence and
objectivity. It has therefore reviewed, and is satisfied with,
the independence of KPMG as the external auditor; and
›  The audit fee and the extent of non-audit services provided

during the year.

KPMG was appointed auditor to the Group in 2007. The 
mandatory firm rotation (MFR) rules in the UK introduce 
requirements that all EU public interest entities (PIEs) must 
tender their audit contract at least every 10 years and change 
or rotate their auditor at least every 20 years. Audit tenure 
is measured from the point at which the Group became 
a PIE, being 28 September 2015, the date on which the 
Group became listed. As such, the Group will need to run a 
tender process by 2025. However, due to the length of time 
that KPMG have been auditors to the Group (11 years), the 
Committee considers that it is in the best interests of the Group 
to undertake a tender of the external audit. 

58

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk management and internal control
The primary role of the Audit Committee in relation to risk 
management and internal controls is to review the effectiveness 
of risk management systems and related internal controls to 
ensure that any issues that have arisen are properly dealt with, 
and that going forward the systems are fit for purpose. The 
Committee performs its duties by:
›  Reviewing annually the Group’s system of internal control;  

The Group has in place internal controls and risk management 
systems in relation to its financial reporting process and 
preparation of consolidated accounts. These systems include 
policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting 
records are maintained and transactions are recorded 
accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with IFRS. The internal control 
systems include:

and

›  Reviewing reports from the external auditors on any issues  
identified in the course of their work, including an internal  
control report on control weaknesses, and ensuring that  
there is an appropriate response from management.

Component

Approach

Basis for assurance

Risk 
management

Financial 
reporting

Risks are highlighted through a number of different 
reviews and culminate in a risk register. The register 
identifies the risk area, the probability of the risk 
occurring, the impact if it does occur and the actions 
being taken to manage the risk to the desired level.

Updated by the Executive team twice a year 
and reviewed and approved by the Board 
annually

Consolidated Group management accounts are produced 
monthly and provide relevant, reliable and up-to-date 
financial and non-financial information to management 
and the Board including an income statement, balance 
sheet and cash flow statement. 

Results are reviewed each month by 
management, the Executive team and 
the Board. Results are compared against 
expectations and significant variances are 
explained by management.

Budgeting and 
reforecasting

Reviews structure, size and composition of the 
Board and its Committees and makes appropriate 
recommendations to the Board.

Performed using a bottom-up approach with 
reviews performed by the Executive team and 
the Board.

Monitoring of 
controls

There are policies and procedures in place to ensure the 
integrity and accuracy of the accounting records and to 
safeguard the Group’s assets. 

The review by the audit committee highlighted that 
effective risk management and internal controls are in 
place.

The Committee has performed a rigorous and 
robust review of internal controls during the 
year including:
›  Review of risk registers
›  Assessment of compliance with corporate   

governance code

›  Delegated authority and approval limits
›  Review of business continuity plan
›  Basis and monitoring of capitalised website

development costs 

59

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of the Audit Committee

The Committee, with the assistance of management and 
KPMG, identified areas of financial statement risk and 
judgement as described below:

Description of focus area

Audit Committee action

Valuation of intangibles arising on the acquisition of 
Classic Collection Holidays Limited
The accounting for the acquisition of Classic Collection 
involves judgement to calculate the value and category of 
intangible assets to be recognised on the balance sheet.

The Committee have reviewed the acquisition accounting and 
intangible and goodwill accounting and are satisfied with the 
approach of management.  The Committee are satisfied with 
the accuracy of the completion accounts for the acquisition of 
Classic Collection and the post-sale funds flow.  

60

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Remuneration report

Annual Statement of the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder,

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to 
present the Company’s Remuneration Report for the year to 30 
September 2018.

The Group has continued to deliver strong financial results 
this year, including an increase of Group profit before tax of 
23%, an increase in Group adjusted profit before tax of 17.9%, 
an increase in adjusted proforma EPS of 20.5% and a total 
shareholder return of 25.3%

In the context of this performance and as noted last year, one of 
the main activities of the Committee over the past 12 months 
has been to review the Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) 
which was approved by shareholders following the Group’s 
IPO in September 2015 and is therefore due for renewal 
at the 2019 AGM. The Committee’s review also took into 
consideration the significant progress of the business since 
flotation. 

As set out earlier in the report, the strategy of the business has 
evolved since the Group’s IPO as evidenced by the M&A activity 
in particular. In order to support this, the Board understood the 
need to carefully underpin the values and behaviours in the 
business and reinforce the culture required to drive the business 
forward. This has touched many parts of the business including 
the investment into a new office in the heart of Manchester 
city centre. From a remuneration perspective, the Committee 
has sought to enhance the remuneration strategy to ensure 
continued strong alignment with the delivery of business 
objectives and reward the successful delivery of these. 

As a consequence, the Committee undertook a detailed 
review which highlighted that the link between performance 
and reward needed to be strengthened to enable the Group 
to ensure it can recruit and retain key talent at all levels. The 
Committee’s review therefore has been focussed on ensuring 
an appropriate mix of fixed versus variable pay in order that 
the senior team remain aligned with shareholders by creating 
shareholder value, balanced with ensuring that the level of 

variable pay that can be realised is enhanced when robust 
performance conditions are met.

Following this review and having taken into account developing 
market practice and feedback received from shareholders 
through a detailed consultation process, the Committee will 
be putting forward a new Policy for approval at the AGM on 7 
February 2019.

Full details of the proposed Policy are set out on pages 65 to72, 
but the key changes are:

›  The introduction of bonus deferral, such that up to 50% of  
future annual bonus awards will be deferred into shares  
for two years;

›  The introduction of non-financial bonus performance  
  measures to increase alignment with the wider business  
strategy, while retaining a primary focus on stretching  
financial performance;

›  The LTIP opportunity will increase from 150% to 200% of  

base salary; and

›  The shareholding requirement will increase from 150% to  

200% of base salary.

The Committee has also begun to consider how it will meet 
the requirements of the new UK Corporate Governance 
Code (the “Code”) from next year. The Group already has 
an established employee engagement programme in place, 
with regular employee engagement meetings chaired by the 
CEO, separate working groups for specific projects (including 
diversity & inclusion and the new office), and the Committee 
has determined that the most appropriate approach to ensure 
an effective two-way dialogue between the wider employee 
population and the Board is to appoint a Non-Executive 
Director responsible for this role. Over the coming year the 
Group will identify which of the Independent Non-Executive 
Directors will take on this responsibility and formalise how and 
when their involvement will be incorporated into the existing 
employee engagement framework.

“The Committee has sought to 
enhance the remuneration strategy 
to ensure continued strong alignment 
with the delivery of business 
objectives ”

David Kelly
CHAIR, RENUMERATION COMMITTEE

61

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report

While the Committee already has oversight of the remuneration 
practices of the senior management and across the wider 
business, the Committee’s terms of reference will also be 
reviewed to formally reflect the requirements of the new Code, 
including the extension of remit.

Remuneration highlights for the 2018 financial year
In 2018, remuneration highlights included the following:

›  As part of its wider review of remuneration this year the
  Committee also reviewed base salaries during the year. The
  Chief Financial Officer’s base salary was increased

to £310,000 from 1 October 2018 to reflect his strong
performance since appointment and increased
responsibilities around M&A activity and shareholder
engagement.

›  The Committee recognises that the Chief Executive Officer’s
current base salary is below the market level, but when
setting his base salary has continued to have regard to his
considerable shareholding in the Company and so no
increase will be awarded this year.

›  The annual bonus measures were based on financial targets
  which link directly to both strategic and operational

initiatives of the Company. Despite the strong performance
of the Company over the year, due to the stretching nature
of the threshold PBT target, no bonus in respect of the
2018 financial year will be paid.

›  The performance period for the LTIP awards which were
granted following our IPO ended on 30 September    
2018. Performance was assessed against EPS (70%  
  weighting) and returns to shareholder (30% weighting).  
EPS performance in 2018 was 21.3 pence and therefore  
0% of this element of the LTIP awards vested. Exceptional  
value was created for shareholders over the three year  
performance period with an annualised TSR of 32.4%. As 
a result, 100% of the TSR element of the LTIP awards
vested. Overall therefore 30% of the first grant of LTIP
awards vested.

›  LTIP awards for the 2018 financial year were granted on 20
  December 2017. The awards will vest at the end of a
three year performance period and will be subject to a
further two year holding period. In line with previous
awards, the performance metrics for these awards are
based 70% on EPS performance and 30% on returns to
shareholders.

›  The Committee approved the award of restricted stock to

a number of key members of the senior management team
in October 2017 in order to maximise alignment between
the senior management team and shareholders and address
the retention challenges being faced by the Company at this
level. The awards will vest in October 2020. No awards

  were made to Executive Directors.

62

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
1
0
2
t
c
O
7
2

7
1
0
2
v
o
N
2

7
1
0
2
v
o
N
7
2

7
1
0
2
c
e
D
0
2

8
1
0
2
h
c
r
a
M
6
2

8
1
0
2
e
n
u
J
8
2

8
1
0
2
y
u
J
4
2

l

8
1
0
2
t
p
e
S
2
1

Key activities of the remuneration committee
The Remuneration Committee met 8 times during the 2018 
financial year and its key activities were as follows:

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
m
u
n
e
r

l
l
a
r
e
v
O

I

P
T
L
&
s
u
n
o
B

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Approval of FY17 performance and remuneration decisions for Executive Directors 

Review of group-wide pay and conditions

Review of FY17 year end compensation process and budgets for all employees

Consideration of reward strategy for the broader employee population and employee 
engagement

Review of Executive Directors’ remuneration

Review of gender pay report

Assessment of FY17 performance 

Approval of FY18 annual bonus plan

Preliminary review of FY19 annual bonus plan in light of policy review

Approval of FY18 performance measures and awards

Grant of LTIP awards

Approval of FY18 restricted share award

Review of proposal for FY19 restricted share awards

Review of in-flight awards

Approval of the FY17 DRR

Planning for FY18 DRR

Review performance of independent advisers and fees over the year

Preparation for AGM

Market update session

Review Terms of Reference

Update on Remuneration Policy review

63

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report

This report has been prepared in accordance with The Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the UKLA Listing 
Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code. The report is 
split into three parts:

›  This Annual Statement.
›  The Directors’	Remuneration	Policy, which sets out the
  Company’s proposed remuneration policy for directors, the
key factors which were taken into consideration in setting
the policy and details of the changes from the current policy.
The proposed policy will be put to a binding shareholder
vote at the 2019 AGM and will apply for three years from
the date of approval. 

›  The Annual Report on Remuneration which sets out
payments made to the Directors and details the link
between Company performance and remuneration for
the 2018 financial year. The Annual Report on

  Remuneration together with this statement is subject to  

an advisory shareholder vote at the 2019 AGM.

The Committee is committed to ensuring that we are 
responsive to developments in best practice, as well as a 
transparent approach in respect of executive pay. Should 
you have any queries or comments on this Report, or more 
generally in relation to the Company’s remuneration, then 
please do not hesitate to contact me via the Company 
Secretary.

I hope that you find the information in this report helpful 
and informative, and I look forward to your continued 
support at the Company’s Annual General Meeting

David Kelly
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
28 November 2018

64

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration policy 

Introduction
This section describes the Committee’s Policy on the 
remuneration of Directors. The Policy will be put to shareholders 
for approval at the AGM on 7 February 2019. If approved, it will 
come into effect from the date of the AGM and is intended to 
apply for a period of three years. 

The Remuneration Committee considers that a successful 
remuneration policy needs to be sufficiently flexible to 
take account of future changes in the Company’s business 
environment and in remuneration practices, while delivering 
appropriate remuneration for the performance, responsibility, 
skills and experience of Executive Directors. 

The Policy is therefore designed around the following key 
principles:
›  Shareholder alignment - Ensure a strong link between

reward and individual and Company performance to align
the interests of Executive Directors, senior management and
employees with those of shareholders;

›  Competitive remuneration - Maintain a competitive
package against businesses of a comparable size and
nature in order to attract, retain and motivate high calibre  
talent to help ensure the Company’s continued growth and  
success;

›  Strategic alignment - Provide a package with an

appropriate balance between short and longer term
performance targets linked to the delivery of the Company’s
business plan;

›  Performance focused compensation - Encourage and

support a high performance culture; and

›  Setting appropriate performance conditions - in line with

the agreed risk profile of the business.

Changes to the remuneration policy that were approved by 
shareholders at the AGM in 2016
The Committee has undertaken a review of the existing 
remuneration policy to ensure it is fit for purpose following the 
Company’s transition into a more mature, business over the last 
three years since IPO. As a result, the Committee is proposing 
to make changes to the incentive plans as well as to increase 
the shareholding requirement, as outlined below.

Element of 
remuneration

Current policy

Amendment to policy

Reason for change

Base salary and 
benefits

Salaries are reviewed annually and any 
changes are normally effective from 1 
January in the financial year.

No change

N/A

Pension

A competitive level of benefits is provided.

15% of base salary for existing Executive 
Directors. Pension contribution will be 
aligned with the wider workforce for any 
future recruited Executive Director.

Annual bonus

Up to 100% of base salary.

For every £1 above the Board 
approved PBT budget, a proportion 
goes into a bonus pot which is 
used to fund Executive and Senior 
Manager bonuses.

No change

N/A

Up to 100% of base 
salary, with up to 50% 
of any award deferred 
into shares for a period 
of two years. 

The majority of the 
annual bonus will be 
based on performance 
against stretching 
PBT targets, with the 
balance based on non-
financial metrics which 
are aligned to the 
business strategy.

Introduction of bonus deferral 
aligns with market best practice 
and ensures that performance is 
sustained over the longer term.

Adjustment of performance 
measures ensures stronger 
alignment between performance 
of the business and annual 
bonus outcomes and enables 
measurement of non-financial 
metrics which are core to the 
wider business strategy, while 
maintaining an appropriate level 
of stretch.

65

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration policy

Element of remuneration

Current policy

Amendment to policy

Reason for change

Long term incentive plan

Up to 150% of base salary.

Three year performance period plus a 
two year post-vesting holding period.

Performance based on EPS and TSR 
performance.

Up to 200% of base 
salary.

Three year 
performance period 
plus a two year post-
vesting holding period.

Performance based 
on EPS and TSR 
performance.

Shareholding 
requirement 

150% of base salary

200% of base salary

Maximise alignment 
between Executive 
Directors and 
shareholders 
by increasing 
weighting on the 
long term elements 
of the remuneration 
policy.

Increase alignment 
with more typical 
incentive levels in 
the wider market.

Maximise alignment 
between Executive 
Directors and 
shareholders.

66

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018The following table summarises each element of remuneration and how it supports the Company’s short and long term strategic 
objectives.

Performance metrics 
used, weighting and time 
period applicable

None

Element of 
remuneration

Base Salary
Provides a 
base level of 
remuneration 
to support 
recruitment 
and retention 
of Executive 
Directors with 
the necessary 
experience 
and expertise 
to deliver the 
Company’s 
strategy.

Operation

Opportunity

Salaries are reviewed annually and 
any changes are normally effective 
from 1 January in the financial year.

When determining an appropriate 
level of salary, the Remuneration
Committee considers:
› 
  within the Company;
› 

remuneration practices    

the performance of the  
individual Executive

  Director;
the individual Executive
› 
  Director’s experience and

› 

› 

› 

responsibilities;
the general performance
of the Company;
salaries within the ranges
paid by the companies
in the comparator group
used for remuneration
benchmarking; and
the economic
environment.

Base salaries will be set at 
an appropriate level within 
a comparator group of listed 
companies of comparable size 
and will normally increase in line 
with increases made to the wider 
employee workforce. 

Individuals who are recruited or 
promoted to the Board may, on 
occasion, have their salaries set 
below the targeted policy level 
until they become established 
in their role. In such cases 
subsequent increases in salary 
may be higher than the average 
until the target positioning is 
achieved.

The Committee recognises that 
Simon Cooper’s current base 
salary is below the market level, 
but when setting Simon’s base 
salary has given regard to his 
considerable shareholding in 
the Company, and the desire to 
focus the remuneration structure 
on a long term strategy.

Benefits
Provides a 
competitive level 
of benefits.

The Executive Directors receive 
benefits which include family private 
health cover.

The maximum will be set 
at the cost of providing the 
benefits described. 

None

The Remuneration Committee 
recognises the need to maintain 
suitable flexibility in the determination 
of benefits that ensure it is able to 
support the objective of attracting 
and retaining personnel. Accordingly, 
the Remuneration Committee 
expects to be able to adopt benefits 
such as relocation expenses, car 
allowance benefit, death in service 
life assurance, travel expenses 
(including tax if any), tax equalisation 
and support in meeting specific costs 
incurred by directors.

67

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration policy 

Element of remuneration

Operation

Opportunity

15% of base salary 
p.a. for existing 
Executive Directors. 
The Committee 
intends to align the 
pension contribution 
with the wider 
workforce for any 
Executive Directors 
recruited in the 
future.

The maximum bonus 
opportunity is 100% 
of base salary.

Pensions
Paul Meehan currently 
receives an employer’s 
contribution equal 
to 15% of his base 
salary. Due to 
his considerable 
shareholding, Simon 
Cooper is not provided 
with pension funding. 

On recruitment, the 
Committee maintains the 
ability to provide pension 
funding in the form of 
a salary supplement, 
which would not form 
part of the salary for the 
purposes of determining 
the extent of participation 
in the Company’s incentive 
arrangements.

Annual Bonus Plan
The Annual Bonus 
Plan provides a 
significant incentive to 
the Executive Directors 
linked to achievement 
in delivering goals that 
are closely aligned 
with the Company’s 
strategy and the 
creation of value for 
shareholders. 

Annual bonuses are part 
paid in cash and part in 
shares. Up to 50% of any 
award will be deferred into 
shares for two years.

Malus will apply up to 
the date of the bonus 
determination and clawback 
will apply for two years 
from the date of bonus 
determination.

Performance metrics used, weighting 
and time period applicable

None

Performance is measured over the 
financial year.

The majority of the annual bonus will 
be based on performance against 
stretching PBT targets, with the 
balance based on non-financial 
metrics which are aligned to the 
business strategy.

The Remuneration Committee 
is of the opinion that given the 
commercial sensitivity arising in 
relation to the detailed financial 
targets used for the annual bonus, 
disclosing precise targets for the 
bonus plan in advance would not 
be in shareholder interests. Actual 
targets, performance achieved and 
awards made will be published at 
the end of the performance periods 
so shareholders can fully assess the 
basis for any pay-outs under the 
annual bonus.

The Remuneration Committee 
retains discretion in exceptional 
circumstances to change 
performance measures and targets 
and the weightings attached to 
performance measures part-way 
through a performance year if there 
is a significant and material event 
which causes the Remuneration 
Committee to believe the original 
measures, weightings and targets 
are no longer appropriate. Discretion 
may also be exercised in cases 
where the Remuneration Committee 
believe that the bonus outcome is 
not a fair and accurate reflection of 
business performance.

68

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Element of 
remuneration

Long-Term Incentive 
Plan (LTIP)
Awards are designed 
to incentivise the 
Executive Directors 
to maximise total 
shareholder returns by 
successfully delivering 
the Company’s 
objectives and to 
share in the resulting 
increase in total 
shareholder value. 

The use of earnings 
per share (“EPS”) 
ensures Executive 
Directors are focused 
on ensuring the annual 
profit performance 
targeted by the
Annual Bonus Plan 
flows through to long-
term sustainable EPS 
growth.

The use of absolute 
TSR measures 
the success of the 
implementation of the 
Company’s strategy in 
delivering a minimum 
level of return.

HMRC Share 
Incentive Plan
To encourage 
wide employee 
share ownership 
and thereby 
align employees’ 
interests with 
shareholders.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics used, weighting 
and time period applicable

Awards are granted annually to 
Executive Directors in the form of 
nil cost options. These will vest 
at the end of a three year period 
subject to:
› 

the Executive Director’s   
continued employment at the
date of vesting; and
satisfaction of the
performance conditions.

› 

The Remuneration Committee 
may award dividend equivalents 
on awards to the extent that 
these vest.

A further two year holding 
period post vesting will apply.

Malus will apply for the period 
from grant to vesting with 
clawback applying for the two 
year period post vesting.

Maximum award 
of 200% of base 
salary.

25% of the 
award will vest 
for threshold 
performance. 100% 
of the award will 
vest for maximum 
performance. 
Straight line vesting 
between these 
points.

The performance conditions 
for awards are currently split 
between earnings per share 
(“EPS”) growth (70%) and 
absolute total shareholder return 
(“TSR”) (30%).

The Remuneration Committee 
may change the balance of 
the measures, or use different 
measures for subsequent awards, 
as appropriate. No material 
change will be made to the type 
of performance conditions without 
prior shareholder consultation. 

The Remuneration Committee 
retains discretion in exceptional 
circumstances to change 
performance measures and 
targets and the weightings 
attached to performance 
measures part-way through a 
performance period if there is 
a significant and material event 
which causes the Remuneration 
Committee to believe the original 
measures, weightings and targets 
are no longer appropriate. 

Discretion may also be exercised 
in cases where the Remuneration 
Committee believe that the 
vesting outcome is not a fair and 
accurate reflection of business 
performance.

The Company has a share 
incentive plan in which the 
Executive Directors are eligible 
to participate (which is HMRC 
registered and is open to all 
eligible staff).

UK scheme in line 
with HMRC limits 
as amended from 
time to time.

None

69

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
Remuneration policy 

Element of remuneration

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics used, weighting 
and time period applicable

Shareholding 
Requirement
To support long term 
commitment to the 
Company and the 
alignment of Executive 
Director interests with 
those of shareholders.

Non-Executive 
Director fees
Provides a level of fees 
to support recruitment 
and retention of 
Non-Executive 
Directors with the 
necessary experience 
to advise and assist 
with establishing 
and monitoring the 
Company’s strategic 
objectives.

200% of salary.

None

None

The base fees for 
Non-Executive 
Directors are set at a 
market rate.

In general, the level 
of fee increase for 
the Non-Executive 
Directors will be 
set taking account 
of any change in 
responsibility and 
will take into account 
the general rise in 
salaries across the 
UK workforce.

The Company will 
pay reasonable 
expenses incurred 
by the Chairman 
and Non-Executive 
Directors.

The Remuneration 
Committee has adopted 
formal shareholding 
guidelines that will 
encourage the Executive 
Directors to build up over 
a five year period and 
then subsequently hold a 
shareholding equivalent to a 
percentage of base salary. 

Adherence to these 
guidelines is a condition of 
continued participation in the
equity incentive 
arrangements.

The Board as a whole is 
responsible for setting the 
remuneration of the
Non-Executive Directors, 
other than the Chairman 
whose remuneration 
is considered by the 
Remuneration Committee 
and recommended to the 
Board.

Non-Executive Directors 
are paid a base fee and 
additional fees for acting 
as chair of committees. The 
Chair of the Board does 
not receive any additional 
fees for membership of 
committees.

Fees are typically reviewed 
every three years based 
on equivalent roles in an 
appropriate comparator 
group used to review 
salaries paid to the Executive 
Directors. Fees may be 
reviewed more regularly 
than this in exceptional 
circumstances, such as a 
significant increase in the 
size or complexity of the 
business.

Non-Executive Directors do 
not participate in any variable 
remuneration or benefits 
arrangements.

70

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Discretion
The Remuneration Committee has discretion in several areas of 
Policy as set out in this report. The Remuneration Committee 
may also exercise operational and administrative discretions 
under relevant plan rules approved by shareholders as set 
out in those rules. In addition, the Remuneration Committee 
has the discretion to amend the Policy with regard to minor or 
administrative matters where it would be, in the opinion of the 
Remuneration Committee, disproportionate to seek or await 
shareholder approval.

The Remuneration Committee’s policy is not to provide sign on 
compensation. However, in exceptional circumstances where 
the Remuneration Committee decides to provide this type of 
compensation it will endeavour to provide the compensation 
in equity, subject to a holding period during which cessation 
of employment will generally result in forfeiture and subject to 
the satisfaction of performance targets. The maximum value of 
this one off compensation will be proportionate to the overall 
remuneration offered by the Company and in all circumstances 
is limited to 100% of salary. 

Differences in policy from the wider employee population
The Group aims to provide a remuneration package for all 
employees that is market competitive and operates the same 
reward and performance philosophy throughout the business. 
As with many companies, the Group operates variable pay 
plans primarily focussed on mid to senior management level.

Recruitment policy
The Company’s approach when setting the remuneration of 
any newly recruited Executive Director will be assessed in line 
with the same principles for the Executive Directors, as set 
out in the remuneration policy table above. The Remuneration 
Committee’s approach to recruitment remuneration is to pay no 
more than is necessary to attract candidates of the appropriate 
calibre and experience needed for the role from the market in 
which the Company competes.

The Remuneration Committee will have regard to guidelines 
and shareholder sentiment regarding one-off or enhanced 
short-term or long-term incentive payments made on 
recruitment and the appropriateness of any performance 
measures associated with an award.

The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would 
be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s approved 
policy. Given a new Executive Director would not have the 
significant shareholding of the current Executive Directors, the 
base salary on recruitment may be higher than the incumbent. 

In the year of recruitment, the maximum variable pay will be 
300% of salary (other than in exceptional circumstances where 
up to 400% of salary may be made if sign-on compensation 
is provided). The pension contributions for a newly recruited 
Executive Director will be in line with the wider workforce.

The Committee will carefully consider this matter to ensure 
consistency with the principles outlined earlier, particularly in 
relation to shareholder alignment, and will take appropriate 
external advice before finalising a decision in this regard and 
where practical consult with the Company’s key shareholders.

The Remuneration Committee’s policy is not to provide buyouts 
as a matter of course. However, should the Remuneration 
Committee determine that the individual circumstances of 
recruitment justified the provision of a buyout, the equivalent 
value of any incentives that will be forfeited on cessation of a 
director’s previous employment will be calculated taking into 
account the following:

› 

› 

› 

the proportion of the performance period completed on the
date of the Director’s cessation of employment;
the performance conditions attached to the vesting of these
incentives and the likelihood of them being satisfied; and
any other terms and condition having a material effect on
their value (“lapsed value”).

The Remuneration Committee may then grant up to the 
same value as the lapsed value, where possible, under the 
Company’s incentive plans. To the extent that it was not 
possible or practical to provide the buyout within the terms of 
the Company’s existing incentive plans, a bespoke arrangement 
would be used.

Where an existing employee is promoted to the Board, the 
policy set out above would apply from the date of promotion 
but there would be no retrospective application of the policy 
in relation to subsisting incentive awards or remuneration 
arrangements. 

71

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
Remuneration policy 

Accordingly, prevailing elements of the remuneration package 
for an existing employee would be honoured and form part 
of the ongoing remuneration of the person concerned. These 
would be disclosed to shareholders in the Remuneration Report 
for the relevant financial year.

The Company’s policy when setting fees for the appointment 
of new Non-Executive Directors is to apply the policy which 
applies to current Non-Executive Directors.

Service agreements and letters of appointment
Each of the Executive Directors’ service agreements is for 
a rolling term and may be terminated by the Company 
or the Executive Director by giving 6 months’ notice. The 
Remuneration Committee’s policy for setting notice periods is 
that a 6 month period will apply for Executive Directors. The 
Remuneration Committee may in exceptional circumstances 
arising on recruitment, allow a longer period of up to 12 
months, which would in any event reduce to 6 months 
following the first year of employment.

The Non-Executive Directors of the Company (including the 
Chair of the Board) do not have service contracts. The Non-
Executive Directors are appointed by letters of appointment 
which set out the terms and conditions of their appointment. 

The dates of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors and 
their notice periods are as stated in the table below.

The terms of the Non-Executive Directors’ positions are subject 
to their re-election by the Company’s shareholders at the AGM 
scheduled to be held on 7 February 2019 and to re-election at 
any subsequent AGM at which the Non-Executive Directors 
stand for re-election.

Non-Executive Director

Date of original appointment

Notice period

Lee Ginsberg
David Kelly
Elaine O’Donnell

28 September 2015
28 September 2015
3 July 2018

3 months
3 months
3 months

72

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

I

S
T
R
A
T
E
G
C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

OUR VALUES: RESPECT

“

Our regular employee engagement 
surveys, as well as our employee 
engagement committee, provide 
opportunities for everyone to express 
their view and have their voice heard.  
And we really listen to what they have 
to say – it helps us perform better and 

build stronger teams. ”

Charlene HR Advisor 

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

73
73

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Annual Report on Remuneration

How remuneration links with strategy
It is essential that a fair, competitive and attractive remuneration policy is in place in order to ensure the future success of the Company. 
Our remuneration policy is designed to be fair and competitive, support the strategic objectives of the Company, and motivate the 
Executive Directors to deliver the short and long term strategy as set out in the CEO’s statement on pages 12 to 14. In the diagram 
below, we summarise how the Company’s strategic priorities are aligned with the remuneration policy.

LTIP

Annual bonus

Short term:
Profit before 
Tax

Longer term:
EPS

Longer term:
TSR

Annual bonus

Short to medium term:
Employee engagement
Score

Annual bonus

Short term:
Profit before 
tax

Longer term:
EPS

Longer term:
TSR

LTIP

Short term:
Profit before 
tax

Annual
bonus

Longer term:
EPS

Longer term:
TSR

LTIP

Short term:
Profit before 
Tax

Short to medium
term:
Net promoter score

Annual bonus

74

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy 
The charts below illustrate how the potential future 
remuneration of the Executive Directors may vary at different 
levels of performance and the percentage each element may 
form together with the possible total value. For the purpose of 
this chart, the following assumptions have been made:

›  The base salary levels are those in effect as at the date of

the 2019 AGM. 

›  Fixed elements comprise of base salary, pension and other

benefits. 

›  Benefits levels are assumed to be the same as in the 2018

›  Bonus opportunity and LTIP award levels are the
  maximum levels set out in the Policy table above. 
›  For target performance, assumptions of bonus payout  
of 60% of maximum and LTIP vesting at 62.5% of

  maximum.
›  For maximum performance, assumptions of bonus

payout of 100% of maximum and maximum vesting
(100%) for LTIP. 

›  No share price increase has been assumed, save for in

the scenario which illustrates the impact of 50%
share price appreciation on the potential value of future
remuneration.

financial year for each Executive Director.

›  Dividend equivalents have not been added to LTIP share

awards.

CEO (£'000)

Maximum (with share
price appreciation)

20.2%

20.0%

39.9%

20.0%

1,022

Maximum

25.2%

24.9%

49.9%

818

On-Target

35.3%

21.0%

43.7%

583

Minimum

100%

206

£0

£200

£400

£600

£800

£1,000

£1,200

Salary, Benefits & Pension

Bonus

LTIP

LTIP (50% share price growth)

CFO (£'000)

Maximum (with share
price appreciation)

22.5%

19.4%

Maximum

27.9%

24.0%

38.8%

48.1%

19.4%

1,600

1,290

On-Target

38.5%

19.9%

41.5%

933

Minimum

100%

360

£0

£200

£400

£600

£800

£1,000

£1,200

£1,400

£1,600

£1,800

Salary, Benefits & Pension

Bonus

LTIP

LTIP (50% share price growth)

At minimum, variable remuneration is 0% of salary; at target, variable remuneration represents 185% of salary and at maximum, 
variable remuneration represents 300% of salary for both the CEO and CFO. 

On the basis of 50% share price growth over the three year LTIP performance period the maximum value of one year’s remuneration 
for the CEO and CFO would increase to £1,022,000 and £1,600,000 respectively as illustrated above.

75

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report on remuneration

Single total figure of remuneration (audited)

Executive and Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the single total figure of remuneration 
and breakdown for each Executive and Non-Executive Director 
in respect of the 2018 financial year. Comparative figures for 
the 2017 financial year have also been provided. 

Figures provided have been calculated in accordance with the 
Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts 
and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013.

Name

Salary / Fee
(£’000)

Benefits 
(£’000)

Bonus
(£’000)

LTIP
(£’000)

Pension
(£’000)

Total
(£’000)

2018(1)      2017(2)

2018         2017

2018         2017

2018         2017

2018         2017

2018       2017

Simon Cooper

203

200 

Paul Meehan(4)

253

178

Richard Segal

95(5)

100

Lee Ginsberg

David Kelly

61(6)

50(7)

58

50

Elaine O’Donnell

12(8)

-

2

3

-

-

-

-

1

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

111(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

42

-

-

-

-

-

316

201

22

298

201

-

-

-

-

95

61

50

12

100

58

50

-

Notes:
(1)	 Executive	Director	salaries	were	increased	with	effect	from	1	January	2018	to	£204,000	for	Simon	Cooper	and	£255,000	for	Paul	Meehan.	
(2)  No salary or fee increases were awarded during FY17. 
(3)	 The	value	of	the	LTIP	for	2018	relates	to	the	2016	award,	which	had	a	three-year	performance	period	ending	30	September	2018.	Based	on	performance	over	this

period,	the	Remuneration	Committee	determined	that	30%	of	the	maximum	award	vested	on	27	November	2018,	equivalent	to	27,522	nil-cost	options.	The	value	of		
the	award	included	above	is	therefore	£110,638.44	based	on	the	closing	share	price	of	402	pence	at	the	vesting	date.	£50,640.48	of	this	is	attributable	to	share	price		
appreciation over the period to the vesting date based on the original share price of 218 pence used to determine the original number of awards on grant.

(4)	 Paul	Meehan	was	appointed	to	the	Board	with	effect	from	16	January	2017.	His	FY17	base	salary,	benefits,	pension	and	annual	bonus	relate	to	the	period	he	served	as

an	Executive	Director	during	FY17.

(5)	 From	3	September	2018,	Richard	Segal	stepped	down	as	Non-Executive	Chair	of	the	Board	and	Chair	of	the	Nomination	Committee	and	stepped	down	from	the	Board

on 28 September 2018.

(6)	 From	3	September	2018,	Lee	Ginsberg	stepped	down	as	Senior	Independent	Director	and	Chair	of	the	Audit	Committee.	From	this	date,	he	succeeded	Richard

Segal	as	Non-Executive	Chair	of	the	Board	and	Chair	of	the	Nomination	Committee.

(7)	 From	3	September	2018,	David	Kelly	succeeded	Lee	Ginsberg	as	Senior	Independent	Director.
(8)	 Elaine	O’Donnell	was	appointed	to	the	Board	with	effect	from	3	July	2018	and	succeeded	Lee	Ginsberg	as	Chair	of	the	Audit	Committee	on	3	September	2018.	

76

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

	
	
 
	
 
	
Additional information regarding single figure table (audited)
The Remuneration Committee considers that performance 
conditions for all incentives are suitably demanding, having regard 
to the business strategy, shareholder expectations, the markets 
in which the Group operates and external advice. To the extent 
that any performance condition is not met, the relevant part of the 
award will lapse. There is no retesting of performance. 

Bonus awards (audited) 
2018 annual bonus awards and performance targets
A bonus pot for Executive bonuses is formed from a proportion 
of the excess PBT above a pre-determined target. For 2018, the 
Group Adjusted profit before tax excluding exceptional items was 
£33.6m (before amortisation of acquired intangibles, share based 
payments and any bonuses are paid) which was lower than the 

bonus target set. As a result, the Remuneration Committee 
determined that no bonus pot was created for the Executive 
Directors. 

The performance targets for the 2018 annual bonus 
award are set out below. Had a bonus pot been created, 
the Remuneration Committee would have determined 
individual allocations of this pot based on satisfaction of 
a matrix of key strategic targets including UK revenue, 
international revenue, traffic from branded and free sources 
and directly contracted hotels as a percentage of sales.

However as no bonus pot was created, no consideration 
was given as to the extent to which strategic metrics had 
been met.

Threshold

Maximum

Actual
performance

Excess over 
threshold

Bonus pot

Group adjusted 
PBT

£34.3m

£35.7m

£33.6m

£0

£0

Long term incentives awarded in 2018 (audited)
The table below sets out the details of the Long-Term Incentive 
Plan awards granted in the 2018 financial year. Vesting will 
be determined according to the achievement of performance 
conditions as outlined below. 

Director

LTIP

Value of 
award

Face value of 
award 
(£’000)

Number 
of shares 
awarded

Exercise 
Price (£)

Percentage of 
award vesting 
at threshold 
performance

Performance 
period end 
date

Performance 
conditions

Simon 
Cooper

LTIP – nil 
cost option

100% of 
salary

200

50,441

Paul 
Meehan

LTIP – nil 
cost option

150% of 
salary

375

94,578

Nil

Nil

25%

25%

30 September 
2020

30 September 
2020

EPS (70%)
Absolute 
TSR (30%)

EPS (70%)
Absolute 
TSR (30%)

77

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCEAnnual report on remuneration

The awards were granted on 20 December 2017. The number of shares awarded was calculated using the 
closing share price on 30 September 2017, which was 396.5 pence. 

The EPS condition applying to 70% of the awards is provided in the table below:

EPS for year ending 30 September 2020

Less than 29.25p

29.25p

35.75p or above

Vesting

0%

25%

100%

Between 29.25p and 35.75p

Straight line vesting between 25% and 100%

The Absolute TSR condition applying to 30% of the awards is provided in the table below:

Annualised TSR of the Company over the three year 
period to 30 September 2020

Less than 8%

8%

15% or above

Vesting

0%

25%

100%

Between 8% and 15%

Straight line vesting between 25% and 100%

Absolute TSR is averaged over a one month period prior to the beginning and end of the 
performance period or such shorter period as is available.

78

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Long term incentives awarded in 2016 with performance period ending in 2018 (Simon Cooper only)
The Company’s first long term incentive award was granted on 20 May 2016 with a three year performance period commencing 
on 1 October 2015 and ending on 30 September 2018. The award vested on 27 November 2018. Performance under the 
awards was based on EPS (70% weighting) and annualised TSR (30% weighting), as set out below.

The EPS condition applying to 70% of the awards is provided in the table below:

EPS for year ending 30 September 2018

Less than 21.5p

21.5p

23.3p or above

Vesting

0%

25%

100%

Between 21.5p and 23.3p

Straight line vesting between 25% and 100%

Actual EPS: 21.3p

0%

The Absolute TSR condition applying to 30% of the awards is provided in the table below:

Annualised TSR of the Company over the three year 
period to 30 September 2018

Less than 15%

15%

25% or above

Vesting

0%

25%

100%

Between 15% and 25%

Straight line vesting between 25% and 100%

Actual TSR: 32.4%

100%

Based on the above performance outcomes, 30% of the awards vested on 27 November 2018 which is equivalent to 27,522 
nil-cost options. The value of  the award included above is therefore £110,638.44 based on the closing share price of 402 pence 
at the vesting date. £50,640.48 of this is attributable to share price appreciation over the period to the vesting date based on the 
original share price of 218 pence used to determine the original number of awards on grant.

79

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCEAnnual report on remuneration

Payments to past directors / payments for loss of office (audited)
Wendy Parry, former Chief Financial Officer, was granted 80,275 nil-cost options on 20 May 2016 under the Company’s first LTIP grant 
alongside Simon Cooper. She retired from the Board as a good leaver on 16 January 2017. As such, her entitlement to awards under 
the 2016 grant will be pro-rated for time and performance on vesting, such that 7.9% of the maximum award will vest, equivalent to 
6,368 nil-cost options. The value of these awards is £25,599.36 based on the closing share price of 402 pence at the vesting date 27 
November 2018.

Statement of directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
Shareholding requirements in operation at the Company as 28 September 2018 were 150% of base salary for the CEO and the CFO. 
These will increase to 200% from the date of the 2019 AGM subject to approval of the proposed Remuneration Policy. Executive 
Directors are required to build up their shareholdings over a five year period. The number of shares of the Company in which current 
Directors had a beneficial interest and details of long-term incentive interests as at 30 September 2018 are set out in the table below:

Director

Shareholding 
requirement 
(% of salary)

Current 
shareholding* 
(% of salary)

Beneficially 
Owned 
Shares

Unvested LTIP 
interests  subject 
to performance 
conditions

Shareholding 
requirement 
met?

Simon Cooper

150%

4,936%

Paul Meehan(1)

150%

0%

-

-

241,686(2)

281,145

Yes

No

Notes:
(1)	 Paul	Meehan	joined	the	Company	as	CFO	on	16	January	2017	and	has	five	years	from	this	date	to	build	up	his	shareholding	requirement.
(2)	 Under	the	2016	LTIP,	27,523	nil	cost	options	vested	on	27	November	2018.	The	remaining	64,220	nil	cost	options	lapsed	on	this	date.

*The share price of 495 pence as at 28 September 2018 (the last business day of the financial year ending 30 September 2018) 
has been taken for the purpose of calculating the current shareholding as a percentage of salary. Unvested LTIP awards do not count 
towards satisfaction of the shareholding guidelines. No changes in the above Directors’ interests have taken place between 27 
September 2018 and the date of this report.

Non-Executive Directors are not subject to a shareholding requirement. Details of their interests in shares are set out below:

Director

Shares held 30 September 2018

Richard Segal

Lee Ginsberg

David Kelly

Elaine O’Donnell

406,680

16,300

0

0

80

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Comparison of overall performance and pay (TSR graph)
The graph below shows the value of £100 invested in the Company’s shares since listing compared to both the FTSE 250 and 
FTSE Small Cap indices. The graph shows the Total Shareholder Return generated by both the movement in share value and the 
reinvestment over the same period of dividend income. The Remuneration Committee considers that the FTSE 250 index is the 
appropriate comparator as On the Beach became a constituent of this index over the last financial year. The comparison against 
the FTSE Small Cap index is included for consistency with previous years. This graph has been calculated in accordance with the 
Regulations. It should be noted that the Company listed on 28 September 2015 and therefore only has a listed share price for the 
period from 28 September 2015 to 30 September 2018.

IPO

300

n
r
u
t
e
r

l

r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
s

l

a
t
o
T

)

O
P

I

t
a
d
e
t
s
e
v
n

i

0
0
1
£
g
n
m
u
s
s
a
(

i

250

200

150

100

50

0

30 September
2015

30 September
2016

30 September
2017

30 September
2018

On the Beach

FTSE Small Cap

FTSE 250

Chief Executive Officer historical remuneration
The table below sets out the total remuneration delivered to the Chief Executive Officer over the last three years valued using 
the methodology applied to the single total figure of remuneration. The Remuneration Committee does not believe that the 
remuneration payable in its earlier years as a private company bears any comparative value to that paid in its later years and 
therefore the Remuneration Committee has chosen to disclose remuneration only for the five most recent financial years:

Chief Executive Officer

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

Total Single Figure (£000s)

316

201

239

131

131

Annual bonus payment level achieved 
(% of maximum opportunity) 

-

-

27.8%

-

-

LTIP vesting level achieved (% of maximum 
opportunity) 

30%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

It should be noted that the Company only introduced the LTIP on Admission, with the first grant made in May 2016.

81

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual report on remuneration

Change in Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 
compared with employees
The following table sets out the change in the remuneration 
paid to the Chief Executive Officer from 2017 to 2018 
compared with the average percentage change for employees. 

The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration disclosed in the 
table below has been calculated to take into account base 
salary, taxable benefits, and annual bonus (including any 
amount deferred). The employee pay (on which the average 

percentage change is based) is calculated using the 
increase in the earnings of full-time UK employees using 
P60 and P11d data from tax years 2017 and 2018. The 
same individuals have been included in each year to ensure 
a true like for like comparison. Consequently, 2017 figures 
have been updated. Part time employees have been 
excluded from the analysis, as have any employees who 
have been promoted or changed role.

Salary 

Taxable benefits

Bonus 

£’000

2018        2017

Percentage
change

£’000

2018        2017

Percentage
change

£’000

2018        2017

Percentage
change

Chief Executive Officer

203

200

1.5%

Total for all employees

5,432

4,972

9%

Number of employees

152

152

Average per employee

36

33

-

9%

2

26

-

-

1

21

-

-

100%

-

-

-

24%

207

184

13%

-

-

152

152

1

1

-

-

The employee engagement committee formed last year and other engagement initiatives continue to meet and have a 
tangible input into all matters affecting the company, including remuneration and benefits. Further details on these initiatives 
can be found on pages	34,	38	to	39.

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The table below sets out the relative importance of spend on pay in the 2017 and 2018 financial years compared with other 
disbursements. All figures provided are taken from the relevant Company Accounts.

Disbursements from profit 
in 2018 financial year

Disbursements from profit 
in 2017 financial year

% change

Profit distributed by 
way of dividend

Overall spend on pay 
including Executive 
Directors

£m

4.3

13.3

£m

4.0

10.0

7.5%

33%

82

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Shareholder voting at general meeting
The Committee is committed to shareholder dialogue, seeks to ensure optimal alignment for all stakeholders and to ensure
shareholders’ views are taken into account in shaping remuneration policy and practice. The Directors’ Annual Report on 
Remuneration was subject to a shareholder vote at the AGM on 8 February 2018, the results of which were as follows:

Resolution

For

Against

Abstentions

Ordinary Resolution to approve the 
Directors’ remuneration report for the 
year ended 30 September 2017

92,479,656 
(99.76%)

221,627
(0.24%)

0 
(0%)

Implementation of remuneration policy in financial year 2019
The Remuneration Committee proposes to implement the policy for 2019 as set out below:

Salary
The Remuneration Committee has determined that a salary increase of 22% will be applied for Paul 
Meehan, effective from 1 October 2018. No salary increase will be awarded to Simon Cooper. The 
current salaries are set out below:

Salary (£)

Percentage Change

2019

2018(1)

Simon Cooper

£204,000

£204,000

0%

Paul Meehan

£310,000

£255,000

+22%

Note:
(1)	 Salaries	effective	from	1	January	2018

Changes to NED fees
The NED fees approved by the Board at IPO were in place for the period from 28 September 2015 for a period of three years. 
Following a thorough benchmarking process, the Board approved the following fees for a period of three years from 28 September 
2018. The breakdown of fee components is as follows:

Position

Chair of the Board

Non Executive Director

Additional fees are paid for:

Senior Independent Director

Chair of Audit Committee

Chair of Remuneration Committee

Fee

£161,000

£48,000

£6,000

£9,000

£9,000

No additional fee is paid to the Chair of the Nomination Committee

83

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCEAnnual report on remuneration

Advisers to the Remuneration Committee 
During the financial year the Committee took advice from 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) who were retained as 
external independent remuneration advisors to the Committee. 

During the financial year, PwC advised the Company on all 
aspects of remuneration policy and it’s implementation for 
Executive Directors and members of the Executive team. 

The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice 
received was objective and independent. PwC is a member of 
the Remuneration Consultants Group and the voluntary code 
of conduct of that body is designed to ensure objective and 
independent advice is given to remuneration committees. 

PwC received fees of £54,900 for their advice during the year 
to 30 September 2018.

On behalf of the board

David Kelly
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
28 November 2018

Benefits and pension
No changes are proposed to benefits or pension.

Annual bonus plan
The maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors 
will remain at 100% of salary with up to 50% of any award 
being deferred into shares for two years.

In line with the proposed Policy, 70% of the annual bonus for 
the 2019 financial year will be based on PBT performance, 
with the remaining 30% based on performance against non-
financial targets aligned with the company’s strategy. For the 
2019 financial year the non-financial metrics will be based on 
Net Promoter Score and Employee Engagement Score.

The Remuneration Committee is of the opinion that given 
the commercial sensitivity arising in relation to the detailed 
performance targets used for the annual bonus, disclosing 
precise targets for the bonus plan in advance would not be in 
shareholder interests. Actual targets will be published following 
the end of the performance period in line with established 
practice so shareholders can fully assess the basis for any pay-
outs under the annual bonus. 

LTIP award
It is intended that a grant under the LTIP will be made during 
FY19. The maximum LTIP awards for the Executive Directors 
will be 200% of salary in line with the proposed Policy. 
The performance conditions will be based 70% on EPS 
performance and 30% on absolute TSR measured over a three 
year period.

Composition and terms of reference of the Remuneration 
Committee 
The Board has delegated to the Remuneration Committee, 
under agreed terms of reference, responsibility for the 
remuneration policy and for determining specific packages 
for the Chairman, Executive Directors and such other senior 
employees of the Group as the Board may determine from 
time to time. The terms of reference for the Remuneration 
Committee are currently under review to ensure alignment 
with the new UK Corporate Governance Code, and the current 
terms of reference are available on the Company’s website, 
onthebeachgroupplc.com, and from the Company Secretary at 
the registered office. 

All members of the Remuneration Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors and were appointed on 28 September 
2015, with the exception of Elaine O’Donnell who was 
appointed on 3 July 2018. The Remuneration Committee 
receives assistance from the CEO, CFO and Company 
Secretary, who attend meetings by invitation, except when 
issues relating to their own remuneration are being discussed. 
The Remuneration Committee met 8 times during 2018. 

84

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
Other statutory and regulatory disclosures 

Statutory information 
Information required to be part of the Directors’ Report can be 
found elsewhere in this document, as indicated in the table 
below and is incorporated into this Report by reference:

Section of report         

Page reference

Community 

Strategic report; Corporate social  
responsibility (page 38)

Employee involvement 

Corporate social responsibility  
(pages	34,	38	to	39)

Employees with 
disabilities 

Corporate social responsibility 
(page 39)

Future developments 
of the business

Strategic report (page 14) 

Going concern 

Strategic report (page 32)

Greenhouse gas 
emissions 

Corporate social responsibility 
(page 40)

Risk management  

Strategic report (page 23 to 32)  
and note 23 to the consolidated  
financial statements

Significant related  
party agreements   

Note 25 to the consolidated 
financial statements

Directors’ report
All sections under the heading “Governance” on page 42 of 
this document comprise the Directors’ report for On the Beach 
Group plc (company number 09736592) (the “Company”) and 
its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) for the financial year to 
30 September 2018.

Strategic report 
All sections under the heading “Strategic report” on page 4 of 
this document comprise the Strategic Report. The Strategic 
Report sets out the development and performance of the 
Group’s business during the financial year, the position of the 
Group at the end of the year and a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties (including the financial risk management 
position) which is set out on pages 23 to 32.

Management report 
The Directors’ report (pages 42 to 94) together with the 
Strategic report (pages 4 to 41) form the Management report 
for the purposes of DTR 4.1.5R.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company’s statement with regards to its adoption of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Statement on page 43.  The Corporate 
Governance Statement forms part of this Directors’ Report and 
is incorporated into it by reference.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
The appointment and replacement of directors is governed 
by the Company’s Articles of Association, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related 
legislation.  The directors may from time to time appoint one 
or more directors.  The Board may appoint any person to be a 
director (so long as the number of directors does not exceed 
the limit prescribed in the Articles).  Under the Articles, any 
such director shall hold office only until the next AGM and shall 
then be eligible for election.  The Articles also require that at 
each AGM any director who held office at the time of the two 
preceding AGMs and who did not retire at either of them must 
retire, and any director who has been in office, other than a 
director holding an executive position, for a continuous period 
of nine years or more must retire from office.  Any director who 
retires at an AGM may offer himself for re-appointment by the 
shareholders.  

All current directors will retire and stand for re-election at the 
AGM on 7 February 2019.    

Amendment of Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by way of a special resolution at a general meeting of the 
shareholders.  No amendments are proposed to be made at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Share capital and control 
The Company’s issued share capital comprises ordinary shares 
of £0.01 each which are listed on the London Stock Exchange 
(LSE: OTB.L).  The ISIN of the shares is GB00BYM1K758. 

The issued share capital of the Company as at 30 September 
2018 comprised 131,042,510 ordinary shares of £0.01 each.  
Further information regarding the Company’s issued share 
capital can be found on page 121 of the financial statements.  
Details of the movements in issued share capital during the 
year are provided in note 21 to the Group’s financial statements 
contained on page 121.  All the information detailed in note 
21 on page 121 forms part of this Directors’ Report and is 
incorporated into it by reference.

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held 
on 7 February 2019 the Directors will seek authority from 
shareholders to allot shares in the capital of the Company up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £873,616.73 (87,361,673 
shares of £0.01 each.

85

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other statutory and regulatory disclosures 

Employee share schemes
The Company has three employee share schemes in place:
1.  A HMRC-approved Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) to

encourage wide employee share ownership and thereby
align employees’ interests with shareholders; 

2.  A Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) under which nil cost
share options are granted to Executive Directors and
senior management linked to achievement in delivering
goals which are closely aligned with the Company’s
strategy and the creation of value for shareholders. The
  Company also makes grants of nil cost share options under
the LTIP plan in the form of restricted stock awards to key
employees (not including the Executive Directors) for  
retention purposes, and these are
accompanied by a CSOP market value option for tax
efficiency purposes; and

3.  A Save As You Earn Plan (“SAYE”) which is an all employee
savings related share option plan.  Although the SAYE was
approved at the 2017 AGM, it has not yet been rolled out to
employees and there are no immediate plans to do so.

Further details are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 69. 

Authority to purchase own shares
The Company was authorised by shareholders at the last 
AGM to purchase, in the market, up to 10% of the Company’s 
ordinary share capital, as permitted by the Company’s 
Articles of Association.  No shares were bought back under 
this authority for the year ended 30 September 2018.  This 
standard authority is renewable annually and the Directors will 
seek to renew the authority at the forthcoming AGM to allow 
the Company to purchase, in the market, up to a maximum 
of 10% of its own ordinary shares either to be cancelled or 
retained as treasury shares. The Directors will only use this 
power after careful consideration, taking into account the 
financial resources of the Company, the Company’s share price 
and future funding opportunities.  The Directors will also take 
into account the effects on earnings per share and the interests 
of shareholders generally.

Rights attaching to shares
All shares have the same rights (including voting and dividend 
rights and rights on a return of capital) and restrictions as 
set out in the Articles, described below. Except in relation to 
dividends which have been declared and rights on a liquidation 
of the Company, the shareholders have no rights to share 
in the profits of the Company.  The Company’s shares are 
not redeemable.  However, following any grant of authority 
from shareholders, the Company may purchase or contract 
to purchase any of the shares on or off market, subject to the 
Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of the Listing Rules.

No shareholder holds shares in the Company which carry 
special rights with regard to control of the Company.  There 
are no shares relating to an employee share scheme which 
have rights with regard to control of the Company that are not 
exercisable directly and solely by the employees, other than in 

the case of the On the Beach Share Incentive Plan and the On 
the Beach Long Term Incentive Plan, where share interests of 
a participant in such schemes can be exercised by the personal 
representatives of a deceased participant in accordance with 
the Scheme rules.

Voting rights
Each ordinary share entitles the holder to vote at general 
meetings of the Company.  A resolution put to the vote of 
the meeting shall be decided on a poll and every member 
who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for 
every share of which they are a holder.  The Articles provide a 
deadline for submission of proxy forms of not than less than 48 
hours before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting 
or adjourned meeting.  No member shall be entitled to vote at 
any general meeting either in person or by proxy, in respect of 
any share held by them, unless all amounts presently payable 
by him in respect of that share have been paid.  Save as noted, 
there are no restrictions on voting rights nor any agreement that 
may result in such restrictions.

Restrictions on transfer of securities
The Articles do not contain any restrictions on the transfer 
of ordinary shares in the Company other than the usual 
restrictions applicable where any amount is unpaid on a 
share.  Certain restrictions are also imposed by laws and 
regulations (such as insider trading and marketing requirements 
relating to close periods) and requirements of the  Market 
Abuse Regulation and the Company’s securities dealing code  
whereby all employees of the Company require  approval to 
deal in the Company’s securities.

Change of control
Save in respect of a provision of the Company’s share 
schemes which may cause options and awards granted to 
employees under such schemes to vest on takeover, there 
are no agreements between the Company and its Directors 
or employees providing for compensation for loss of office 
or employment (whether through resignation, purported 
redundancy or otherwise) because of a takeover bid.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary prepayment, 
cancellation and default provisions including, if required by 
a lender, mandatory prepayment of all utilisations provided 
by that lender upon the sale of all or substantially all of the 
business and assets of the Group on a change of control.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 11am on 7 
February 2019 at the Company’s new headquarters at 
Aeroworks, Adair Street, Manchester.

The Notice of Meeting which sets out the resolutions to be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM specifies deadlines for 
exercising voting rights and appointing a proxy or proxies to 
vote in relation to resolutions to be passed at the AGM.  All 
proxy votes will be counted and the numbers for, against or 
withheld in relation to each resolution will be announced at the 
AGM and published on the Company’s website.

86

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interests in voting rights
During the year the Company has been notified, in accordance 
with Chapter 5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR5) of the following 
increases or decreases in significant interests in the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company.

These figures represent the number of shares and percentages 
held as at the date of notification to the Company. These 
holdings may have changed since notification however 
notification of any change is not required until the next 
applicable threshold is crossed. 

Name of 
Shareholder

Number of 
shares

Date of 
notification

Nature of 
holding 
as per 
disclosure

Standard Life

6,953,122

5.33% 

20/11/17

Standard Life

6,366,841

4.88%

28/03/18

Schroders plc

5,881,081

4.51%

18/04/18

Royal London Asset 
Management

6,666,441

5.11%

24/05/18

Armor Advisors

4,033,400 

3.00%

25/07/18

Between 30 September 2018 and the date of this report, 
no further interests have been notified to the Company in 
accordance with DTR5. 

Transactions with related parties
There were no related party transactions during the year. 

Events post year end
There are no events post year end to report.

Indemnities and insurance
The Company maintains appropriate insurance to cover 
Directors’ and officers’ liability for itself and its subsidiaries.  The 
Company also indemnifies the Directors under a qualifying 
indemnity for the purposes of section 236 of the Companies 
Act 2006 in the Articles. Such indemnities contain provisions 
that are permitted by the Director liability provisions of the 
Companies Act and the Company’s Articles.  Such indemnities 
were in force throughout the period under review and are in 
force as at the date of this report.  

Save for the indemnities disclosed in this report, there are no 
other qualifying third party indemnity provisions in force.  

Research and development
Innovation, specifically in the customer proposition on the 
website, is a critical element of the strategy, and therefore 
of the future success of the Group. Accordingly the majority 
of the Group’s research and development expenditure is 
predominantly related to this area. 

Environmental
Information on the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions is set out 
in the Corporate Social Responsibility section on page 40 and 
forms part of this report by reference.

Financial instruments
Details of the financial risk management objectives and policies 
of the Group, including hedging policies and exposure of the 
entity to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk 
are given on pages 123 to 127 in note 23 to the consolidated 
financial statements, and forms part of this report by reference.

Political contributions
Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries made any 
political donations or incurred any political expenditure during 
the year.

87

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
Other statutory and regulatory disclosures 

External branches
The Group has a Swedish branch (identity number 516408-
9186) to enable it to execute its strategy on international 
expansion.

Results and dividends
The Group’s and Company’s audited financial statements for 
the year are set out on pages 96 to 135.

The Group has adopted a progressive dividend policy.  Whilst 
the Group operates a highly cash generative business model, a 
significant majority of profits are reinvested in the business to 
support further growth. 

The Directors recommend payment of a final dividend of 2.2 
pence per share, totalling 3.3 pence per share for the year 
(2017: 2.7 pence per share)  to be paid on 14 February 2019 to 
shareholders on the register of members at 11 January 2019, 
subject to approval at the 2019 AGM.

Information to be disclosed under Listing Rule 9.8.4R
Information required to be disclosed pursuant to LR 9.8.4R(4) 
on long-term incentive schemes can be found on page 78

There is no information to disclose in relation to LR 9.8.4R (1), 
(2), (5-14) (A) (B).

Independent auditors
KPMG LLP has confirmed its willingness to continue in office as 
auditor of the Group. The Group will shortly commence a tender 
process for the appointment of the external auditor. The tender 
process will be supervised by the Audit Committee, who will 
then make a recommendation to the Board on the appointment 
or reappointment of the external auditor. Following the 
appointment, an annoucement will be made. In the meantime, 
a resolution to re-appoint KPMG LLP as external auditor will be 
proposed at the AGM on 7 February 2019.

Disclosure of information to auditor
Each of the Directors has confirmed that:
(i)   so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit
information of which the Group’s auditors are unaware;
and

(ii)  the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to

have taken as a Director to make him/herself aware of any
relevant audit information and to establish that the

  Group’s auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of Section 418 of the
Companies Act 2006.

Approval of the Annual Report
The Strategic Report and Corporate Governance Report were 
approved by the Board on 28 November 2018.

Approved by the board and signed on its behalf:

K Vickerstaff
Company Secretary
28 November 2018

88

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
Independent 
auditor’s report

to the members of On the Beach Group plc  

1. Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statem ents of On the 
Beach Group Plc  (“the Com pany”) for the year 
ended 30 Septem ber 2018 which com prise the 
consolidated incom e statem ent and statem ent of 
com prehensive incom e, consolidated balance 
sheet, consolidated  statem ent of cash flows, 
consolidated statem ent of changes in equity, 
com pany balance sheet, com pany statem ent of 
changes in equity and the related notes, including 
the accounting policies in note 2.  

In our opinion:  

— the financial statem ents give a true and fair 
view of the state of the Group’s and of the 
parent Com pany’s affairs as at 30 Septem ber 
2018 and of the Group’s profit for the year then 
ended;  

— the Group financial statem ents have been 
properly prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting  Standards as 
adopted by the European Union;  

— the parent Com pany financial statem ents have 
been properly prepared in accordance with UK 
accounting standards, including  FRS 102 The 
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the 
UK and Republic  of Ireland; and  

— the financial statem ents have been prepared in 
accordance with the requirem ents of the 
Com panies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statem ents, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation. 

Basis for opinion  

We conducted our audit in accordance with 
International Standards on Auditing  (UK) (“ISAs 
(UK)”) and applicable law.  Our responsibilities  are 
described below.   We believe  that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and 
appropriate basis for our opinion.   Our audit opinion 
is consistent with our report to the audit 
com m ittee.  

We were first appointed as auditor by the directors on 28 
Septem ber 2015. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagem ent is for the 4 financial years ended 30 
Septem ber 2018.  We have fulfilled  our ethical 
responsibilities  under, and we rem ain independent  of the 
Group in accordance with, UK ethical requirem ents 
including  the FRC Ethical Standard as applied  to listed 
public interest entities.  No non-audit  services prohibited 
by that standard were provided. 

Overview

Materiality: Group financial 
statem ents as a whole

Coverage

£1.3m  (2017: £1.1m )

5% (2017: 5%) of 
Norm alised Group profit
before tax

100% (2017:100%)  of 
Group profit before tax

Risks of material misstatement                              vs 2017

Event driven

New: Valuation of brand,
custom er relationships 
(agents) and custom er 
relationships (individuals) 
arising on the Classic
Collection  acquisition

Recurring risks

Parent: Valuation of 
Investm ents in subsidiaries

(cid:379)(cid:377)

Following  Monarch Airline  entering adm inistration on 2 
October 2017, two event driven risks were noted in our 
report last year; Provision for Monarch Airlines  and 
Monarch Reim bursem ent Asset which are not included 
this year.

89

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 20182. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement

Key audit m atters are those m atters that, in our professional judgm ent, were of m ost significance in the audit of the financial statem ents and 
include  the m ost significant assessed risks of m aterial m isstatem ent (whether or not due to fraud) identified  by us, including  those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing  the efforts of the engagem ent team .  
We sum m arise below the key audit m atters, in decreasing order of audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion  above, together with our 
key audit procedures to address those m atters and, as required for public  interest entities, our results from  those procedures.  These m atters 
were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken, in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the 
financial statem ents as a whole,  and in form ing our opinion  thereon, and consequently are incidental  to that opinion,  and we  do not provide a 
separate opinion  on these m atters.  

Valuation of b rand, 
customer relationships
(agents) and customer 
relationship s 
(individuals) arising on 
the Classic Collection
acquisition

Brand of £4.4m  m illion

Custom er relationships 
(agents) of £4.4m

Custom er relationships 
(individuals)  of £2.1m

Refer to page 57 (Audit 
Com m ittee Report), page 
104 (accounting policy) 
and page 115 (financial 
disclosures).

The risk

Our resp onse

Forecast-b ased valuation

Our procedures included:

On 15 August 2018 the Group 
acquired Classic Collection  Holidays 
Lim ited and its subsidiaries.

The accounting for this acquisition 
involves judgem ent in respect of 
the recognition  and valuation of 
intangible  assets, in particular the 
brand and custom er relationships 
due to the inherent  uncertainty 
involved in forecasting and 
discounting  future cash flows which 
are the basis for the valuation of 
these intangibles.

— Assessing exp erts: We assessed the com petency of PwC who 
were com m issioned by the Group to value the brand, custom er 
relationships with agents and custom er relationships with 
individuals.  Using our knowledge  of the sector we challenged  the 
basis used to derive the valuations and the conclusions reached;

— Sensitivity analysis: We perform ed sensitivity analysis over 

assum ptions used in the determ ining the valuation of the Classic 
Collection  brand, custom er relationships with agents and custom er 
relationships with individuals  in order to identify the key 
assum ptions  over which to focus our work. 

— Assessing forecasts: We evaluated the assum ptions used to 

calculate the fair value of the brand, custom er relationships with 
agents and custom er relationships with individuals,  in particular the 
royalty rate that such a brand could achieve using our valuation 
specialists and the attrition rates attributed to custom er 
relationships with agents. We also assessed the assum ptions 
driving the cash flow forecasts for the brand and both custom er 
relationships.

— Assessing transp arency: We assessed the adequacy of the 
Group’s disclosures over the determ ination of the Classic 
Collection  brand, custom er relationships with agents and custom er 
relationships with individuals’  valuations.

Our results

— We found the fair value of the brand, custom er relationship (agents 
and custom er relationships (individuals)  acquired as part of the
Classic Collection  acquisition to be acceptable.

We continue to perform  procedures over the capitalisation of website  developm ent costs. However, as the subjectivity required in the process 
for determ ining the costs that are capitalised has reduced we have not assessed this as one of the m ost significant risks in  our current year audit. 
Therefore, it is not separately identified  in our report this year.

90

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement (continued)

Recoverab ility of p arent 
comp any’s investment in 
sub sidiary

(£132.6 m illion; 2017:  £132.6 
m illion)

Refer to page 57 (Audit 
Com m ittee Report), page 134
(accounting policy)  and page 134
(financial disclosures).

The risk

Our resp onse

Low risk, high value

Our procedures included: 

The carrying am ount of the parent 
com pany’s investm ent in subsidiary 
represents 64% (2017: 64%) of the 
com pany’s total assets.  Their 
recoverability is not at a high  risk of 
significant m isstatem ent or subject to 
significant judgem ent.  However, due to 
their m ateriality in the context of the 
parent com pany financial statem ents, 
this is considered  to be the area that had 
the greatest effect on our overall parent 
com pany audit.

— Test of detail: Com paring the carrying 
am ount of the investm ent with the 
subsidiary’s draft balance sheet to identify 
whether its net assets, audited as part of 
the Group’s audit and being an 
approxim ation of its m inim um  recoverable 
am ount, was in excess of its carrying 
am ount and assessing whether the 
subsidiary has historically been profit-
m aking; and

— Comp aring valuations: Com paring the 

carrying am ount of the investm ent to the 
group’s m arket capitalisation to assess 
whether there are any indicators of 
investm ent’s im pairm ent.

Our results

— We found the Group’s assessm ent of the 
recoverability of the Parent Com pany’s 
investm ent in subsidiary to be acceptable.

3. Our application of materiality and an 
overview of the scope of our audit 

Materiality for the Group financial statem ents as a 
whole was set at £1.3 m illion determ ined with 
reference to a benchm ark of group profit before 
tax, norm alised to exclude this year’s Classic 
Collection acquisition costs of £0.6m illion (2017: 
norm alized to exclude exceptional costs of £2.7m  
as set out in Note 6), of which it represents 5% 
(2017: 5%)

Materiality for the Parent Com pany financial 
statem ents as a whole  was set at £1.1 m illion 
(2017: £1.0 m illion),  determ ined with reference 
to a benchm ark of com pany total assets of 
£206.5 m illion  (2017: £206.7m  of which it 
represents 0.5% (2017 0.5%). 

We agreed to report to the Audit Com m ittee any 
corrected or uncorrected identified 
m isstatem ents exceeding £70k, in addition to 
other identified  m isstatem ents that warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds.  

Of the Group’s 10 (2017: 9) reporting 
com ponents, we subjected 4 (2017: 5) to full 
scope audits for group purposes.

The com ponents within  the scope of our work 
accounted for 100% of the Group’s revenue 
(2017: 100%),  100% of the Group’s profit before 
tax (2017: 100%)  and 99.9% (2017:  99.9%) of 
Group total assets. All work was perform ed by 
the group audit team .

Normalised Group  p rofit 
b efore tax
£26.7m (actual) (2017: 
£23.8m)

26.7

1.3

Group  Materiality
£1.3m (2017: £1.1m)

£1.3m
Whole financial
statements materiality
(2017: £1.1m)

£1.1m
Range of materiality  at 10 
(2017: 9) components (£0.31m
to £1.1m) 
(2017: £0.8m to £1.0m)

Normalised PBT
Group materiality

£66k
Misstatements reported to the 
audit committee (2017: £55k)

91

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 20184. We have nothing to report on going concern

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term  viability  

We are required  to report to you if:

— we have anything m aterial to add or draw attention to 

in relation to the directors’ statem ent  in note 2b) to the 
financial statem ents on the use of the going  concern 
basis of accounting with no m aterial uncertainties that 
m ay cast significant doubt over the Group and 
Com pany’s use of that basis for a period of at least 
twelve m onths from  the date of approval of the 
financial statem ents; or  

— if the related statem ent under the Listing Rules set out 
on page 32 is m aterially inconsistent with our audit 
knowledge.   

We have nothing  to report in these respects. 

5. We have nothing to report on the other information 

in the Annual Report

The directors are responsible  for the other inform ation 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statem ents.  Our opinion  on the financial statem ents does 
not cover the other inform ation and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion  or, except as explicitly stated 
below,  any form  of assurance conclusion thereon.  

Our responsibility  is to read the other inform ation and, in 
doing  so, consider whether, based on our financial 
statem ents audit work, the inform ation therein is m aterially 
m isstated or inconsistent with the financial statem ents or 
our audit knowledge.   Based solely on that work we have 
not identified  m aterial m isstatem ents in the other 
inform ation.

Strategic report and directors’ report 

Based solely on our work on the other information:  

— we have not identified material misstatements in the 

strategic report and the directors’ report;  

— in our opinion the information given in those reports 
for the financial year is consistent with the financial 
statements; and  

— in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006 .  

Directors’ remuneration report  

In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006 .  

Based on the knowledge  we acquired during our financial 
statem ents audit, we have nothing  m aterial to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:  

— the directors’ confirm ation within  the viability statem ent 
that they have carried out a robust assessm ent of the 
principal risks facing the Group, including  those that 
would  threaten its business m odel, future perform ance, 
solvency and liquidity; 

— the principal  risks and uncertainties disclosures 

describing these risks and explaining  how they are being 
m anaged and m itigated; and  

— the directors’ explanation in the viability statem ent of 
how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, 
over what period they have done so and why they 
considered that period to be appropriate, and their 
statem ent as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will  be able to continue  in 
operation and m eet its liabilities  as they fall due over the 
period of their assessm ent, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assum ptions.  

Under the Listing Rules  we are required to review the 
viability statem ent.  We have nothing  to report in this 
respect.  

Corporate governance disclosures  

We are required  to report to you if:   

— we have identified  m aterial inconsistencies between  the 
knowledge  we acquired during  our financial statem ents 
audit and the directors’ statem ent that they consider 
that the annual report and financial statem ents taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the inform ation necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s position  and perform ance, business 
m odel and strategy; or  

— the section of the annual report describing the work of 
the Audit  Com m ittee does not appropriately address 
m atters com m unicated by us to the Audit Com m ittee.

We are required  to report to you if the Corporate 
Governance Statem ent does not properly disclose a 
departure from  the eleven  provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified  by the Listing Rules for our 
review.  

We have nothing  to report in these respects.  

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on 

which we are required to report by exception 

Irregularities – ability to detect

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:  

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or  

— the parent Company financial statements and the part 

of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or  

— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

by law are not made; or  

— we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit.  

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

7. Respective responsibilities  

Directors’ responsibilities  

As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 
73, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statements including being satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  

Auditor’s responsibilities  

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud, other 
irregularities, or error, and to issue our opinion in an 
auditor’s report.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise 
from fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements.  The risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement resulting from fraud or other irregularities is 
higher than for one resulting from error, as they may involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control and 
may involve any area of law and regulation not just those 
directly affecting the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 

reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 

financial statements from our sector experience, and 

through discussion with the directors and other 

management (as required by auditing standards).

We had regard to laws and regulations in areas that directly 

affect the financial statements including financial reporting 

(including related company legislation) and taxation 

legislation. We considered the extent of compliance with 

those laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the 

related financial statement items. 

In addition we considered the impact of laws and 

regulations in the specific areas of the ATOL regulation and 

The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements 

Regulations recognising the financial and regulated nature 

of the group’s activities and its legal form.  With the 

exception of any known or possible non-compliance, and as 

required by auditing standards, our work in respect of these 

was limited to enquiry of the directors and other 

management and inspection of regulatory and legal 

correspondence.

We communicated identified laws and regulations 

throughout our team and remained alert to any indications 

of non-compliance throughout the audit. 

As with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-

detection of non-compliance with relevant laws and 

regulations (irregularities), as these may involve collusion, 

forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 

override of internal controls.

8. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe 

our responsibilities 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a 

body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 

Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken 

so that we might state to the Company’s members those 

matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 

report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent 

permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 

responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 

Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this 

report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Will Baker (Senior Statutory Auditor)  

for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  

Chartered Accountants  

8 Princes Parade

Liverpool

L3 1QH

27 November 2018

92

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on 

6. We have nothing to report on the other matters on
which we are required to report by exception 

which we are required to report by exception 

Irregularities – ability to detect

Irregularities – ability to detect

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report 
Under the Com panies Act 2006, we are required  to report
to you if, in our opinion:  
to you if, in our opinion:

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or  

— adequate accounting records have not been kept by the
parent Com pany, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from  branches not visited by us; or  

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 
financial statements from our sector experience, and 
through discussion with the directors and other 
management (as required by auditing standards).

We identified  areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a m aterial effect on the 
financial statem ents from  our sector experience,  and 
through discussion with the directors and other 
m anagem ent (as required by auditing  standards).

We had regard to laws and regulations in areas that directly 
affect the financial statements including financial reporting 
(including related company legislation) and taxation 
legislation. We considered the extent of compliance with 
those laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the 
related financial statement items. 

We had regard to laws and regulations  in areas that directly 
affect the financial statem ents including financial reporting 
(including  related com pany legislation)  and taxation 
legislation.  We considered the extent of com pliance with 
those laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the 
related financial statem ent item s. 

In addition  we considered the im pact of laws and 
In addition we considered the impact of laws and 
regulations in the specific areas of the ATOL regulation and 
regulations in the specific areas of the ATOL regulation and 
The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangem ents 
The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements 
Regulations recognising the financial and regulated nature 
Regulations  recognising the financial and regulated nature 
of the group’s activities and its legal form .  With the 
of the group’s activities and its legal form.  With the 
exception of any known or possible non-compliance, and as 
exception of any known or possible non-com pliance, and as 
required by auditing  standards, our work in respect of these 
required by auditing standards, our work in respect of these 
was limited to enquiry of the directors and other 
was lim ited to enquiry of the directors and other 
m anagem ent and inspection of regulatory and legal 
management and inspection of regulatory and legal 
correspondence.
correspondence.

We communicated identified laws and regulations 
throughout our team and remained alert to any indications 
of non-compliance throughout the audit. 

We com m unicated identified laws and regulations 
throughout our team  and rem ained alert to any indications 
of non-com pliance throughout the audit. 

As with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of non-compliance with relevant laws and 
regulations (irregularities), as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls.

As with any audit, there rem ained a higher risk of non-
detection of non-com pliance with relevant laws and 
regulations (irregularities),  as these m ay involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional  om issions, m isrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls.

8. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe 
our resp onsib ilities

8. The p urp ose of our audit work and to whom we owe

our responsibilities 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a 
This report is m ade solely to the Com pany’s m em bers, as a
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the
body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken 
Com panies Act 2006.  Our audit work has been undertaken
so that we m ight state to the Com pany’s m em bers those 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
m atters we are required  to state to them  in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent
report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
perm itted by law, we do not accept or assum e
responsibility  to anyone other than the Com pany and the
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this 
Com pany’s m em bers, as a body, for our audit work, for this
report, or for the opinions  we have form ed.
report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

— the parent Company financial statements and the part 

— the parent Com pany financial statem ents and the part 

of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records and 
returns; or  

of the Directors’ Rem uneration Report to be audited 
are not in agreem ent with the accounting records and 
returns; or  

— certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified 

— certain disclosures of directors’ rem uneration specified 

by law are not made; or  

by law are not m ade; or 

— we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit.  

explanations we require for our audit.  

— we have not received all the inform ation and 

We have nothing to report in these respects. 

We have nothing  to report in these respects. 

7. Respective responsibilities  

7. Respective responsibilities

Directors’ responsibilities  

Directors’ responsibilities

As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 
73, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statements including being satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view; such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  

As explained  m ore fully in their statem ent set out on page
94, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the
financial statem ents including being  satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view; such internal control as they determ ine
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial
statem ents that are free from  m aterial m isstatem ent, 
whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and
parent Com pany’s ability to continue  as a going concern,
disclosing,  as applicable,  m atters related to going  concern; 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
they either intend to liquidate  the Group or the parent
Com pany or to cease operations, or have no realistic
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities  

Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
whether the financial statem ents as a whole  are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud, other 
m aterial m isstatem ent, whether due to fraud, other
irregularities, or error, and to issue our opinion in an 
irregularities, or error, and to issue our opinion  in an
auditor’s report.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
auditor’s report.  Reasonable assurance is a high level of
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted 
assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will  always detect a m aterial
misstatement when it exists.  Misstatements can arise 
m isstatem ent when it exists.  Misstatem ents can arise
from fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered 
from  fraud, other irregularities or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
m aterial if, individually  or in aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
reasonably be expected to influence  the econom ic
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial
statements.  The risk of not detecting a material 
statem ents.  The risk of not detecting a m aterial
misstatement resulting from fraud or other irregularities is 
m isstatem ent resulting from  fraud or other irregularities is
higher than for one resulting from error, as they may involve 
higher than for one resulting from  error, as they m ay involve
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
collusion,  forgery, intentional  om issions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control and 
m isrepresentations, or the override of internal control and
may involve any area of law and regulation not just those 
m ay involve any area of law and regulation  not just those
directly affecting the financial statements.
directly affecting the financial statem ents.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities  is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

Will Baker (Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor  
Chartered Accountants  
8 Princes Parade
Liverpool
L3 1QH
27 November 2018

Will Baker (Senior Statutory  Auditor)  
for and on b ehalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory  Auditor  
Chartered Accountants  
8 Princes Parade
Liverpool
L3 1QH
27 Novem ber 2018

93

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in 
respect of the Annual Report and the Financial 
Statements

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included on 
the company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the 
annual financial report 
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on 
pages 46 to 46 confirm that to the best of their knowledge:
› 

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the
applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit
or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole; and
the management report includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and the
position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the
consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

› 

The Directors consider the annual report and accounts, taken as 
a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Paul Meehan
Chief Financial Officer 
28 November 2018

Directors Responsibility Statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the group and parent company financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company law 
requires the Directors to prepare group and parent company 
financial statements for each financial year. Under that law 
they are required to prepare the group financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable 
law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards, 
including FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable 
in the UK and Republic of Ireland.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the group and parent 
company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing 
each of the group and parent company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:
› 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;

›  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and  

› 

› 

prudent;
for the group financial statements, state whether they have  
been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the
EU;
for the parent company financial statements, state whether
applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed,
subject to any material departures disclosed and explained
in the parent company financial statements; and

›  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and the
parent company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the parent company and 
enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006.

They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are 
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group 
and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also 
responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance 
Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

94

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial statements 

96       Consolidated income statement and statement 

of comprehensive income

97  Consolidated balance sheet
98     Consolidated statement of cashflows
99      Consolidated statement of changes in equity
100     Notes to the consolidated financial statements
132    Company balance sheet
133    Company statement of changes in equity
134    Notes to the Company financial statements
136  Glossary of alternative performance 

measures (APMs)

I

F
I
N
A
N
C
A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018
95

95

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCE 
 
 
Consolidated Income Statement and 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

Year ended 30 September 2018

Note

4

6 

6

6

8

8

9

10

10

6

2018
£’m

104.1

(11.5)

92.6

(66.4)

34.0

(0.6)

(7.2)

2017
£’m

83.6

-

83.6

(62.4)

30.3

(2.7)

(6.4)

26.2

21.2

(0.3)

0.2

(0.1)

26.1

(4.6)

21.5

-

21.5

(0.2)

0.1

(0.1)

21.1

(3.1)

18.0

-

18.0

21.5

18.0

16.5p

21.2p

13.8p

17.6p

33.6

28.5

Revenue**

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Group operating profit before amortisation and exceptional costs*

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of intangible assets

Group operating profit

Finance costs

Finance income

Net finance costs/(income)

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the equity Shareholders of 

the Company:

Basic and diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share *

Adjusted profit measure *

Adjusted PBT (before amortisation of acquired intangibles, exceptional & non 

underlying costs and share based payments) *

*		 This	is	a	non	GAAP	measure,	refer	to	notes
**	

In	2018	revenue	is	a	combination	of	revenue	received	as	an	agent	and	revenue
received	as	a	principal.	This	is	a	result	of	the	acquisition	of	Classic	Collection	which
accounts for revenue on a “travelled” basis and therefore reports revenue and cost of

sales on a gross basis.

The Group has no other comprehensive income in the current or prior year

The notes on pages 100 to 131 form part of the financial statements.

96

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

	
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet

Year ended 30 September 2018

ended

September

Assets

Non-current assets

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Investment property 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 

Assets held for sale 

Derivative financial instruments 

Corporation tax receivable 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Equity

Share capital 

Retained earnings 

Capital contribution reserve 

Merger reserve 

Total equity 

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax 

Total non-current liabilities 

Current liabilities

Corporation tax payable 

Trade and other payables 

Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

For the 53

weeks 

30 

       2018 

      2017

Note 

      £’m 

     £’m

11 

12 

13 

15 

16 

23 

17 

21 

22 

22 

22 

20 

18 

18 

23 

     88.1 

      4.5 

      0.8 

   72.5

      1.4

         -

    93.4 

   73.9

     71.1 

       0.5 

       0.1 

       0.7 

     85.7 

  158.1 

   56.5

          -

          -

          -

   71.6

 128.1

  251.5 

 202.0

       1.3 

  245.6 

       0.5 

      1.3

 226.9

      0.5

(129.5) 

(132.1)

  117.9 

   96.6

       7.2 

      7.2 

      6.4

     6.4

           - 

  126.4 

           - 

           - 

  126.4 

     2.4

   89.5

      7.0

      0.1

   99.0

  133.6 

  251.5 

 105.4

202.0

The financial statements from pages 96 to 131 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue

Paul Meehan
Chief Financial Officer
28 November 2018
On the Beach Group plc. Reg no 09736592

97

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cashflows

Year ended 30 September 2018

ended

September

Profit before taxation  

Adjustments for: 

Depreciation 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Finance costs 

Finance income 

Share based payments 

Changes in working capital:

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables 

Increase in trade and other payables 

Increase in trust account  

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash generated from operating activities 

Tax paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of intangible assets 

Interest received 

Contingent consideration 

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired (note 5) 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities

Equity dividends paid  

Interest paid 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net increase in cash at bank and in hand 

Cash at bank and in hand at beginning of year 

Cash at bank and in hand at end of year 

The notes on pages 100 to 131 form part of the financial statements.

For the 53

weeks 

30 

       2018 

      2017

Note 

      £’m 

     £’m

     26.1 

    21.1

       0.5 

       7.2 

       0.3 

      0.4

      6.4

      0.2

     (0.2) 

    (0.1)

       1.4 

    35.3 

      0.5

   28.5

     (7.8) 

       6.1 

     (0.2) 

     (1.9) 

    (9.6)

    11.0

    (4.7)

    (3.3)

     33.4 

     (7.1) 

    25.2

    (5.1)

    26.3 

   20.1

12 

11 

      (2.2) 

    (0.6)

      (3.8) 

    (2.7)

        0.2 

       0.1

      (3.0) 

           -

5 

        1.0 

      (5.8)

    (7.8) 

   (9.0)

     (3.9) 

     (0.3) 

    (4.0)

    (0.2)

    (4.2) 

   (4.2)

     14.3 

      6.9

     33.0 

    26.1

     47.3 

   33.0

17 

17 

98

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Year ended 30 September 2018

Balance at 30 September 2016 

Share based payment charges 

Dividends paid during the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Balance at 30 September 2017 

Share based payment charges 

Share issued during the year 

Dividends paid during the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Balance at 30 September 2018 

Share capital 

£’m 

1.3 

- 

- 

- 

Merger 
reserve 

£’m 

 (132.1) 

- 

- 

- 

Capital
contribution 
reserve 

£’m 

0.5 

- 

- 

- 

Retained
earnings 

£’m 

212.4 

0.5 

(4.0) 

18.0 

1.3 

(132.1) 

0.5 

226.9 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2.6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.2  

- 

(4.0)  

21.5  

Total 

£’m

82.1

0.5

(4.0)

18.0

96.6

1.2

2.6

(4.0)

21.5

1.3 

(129.5) 

0.5 

245.6 

117.9

On 15th August 2018 the Group issued 607,747 shares as part of the acquisition of the Classic Collection Group. The holders of 
ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of 
the Group.

The notes on pages 100 to 131 form part of these financial statements

99

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Year ended 30 September 2018

1.  General Information
On the Beach Group plc is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled and incorporated in 
the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006. The address of the registered office is given on page 139.

2.  Accounting Policies
a)	 Basis	of	preparation
The consolidated financial statements presented in this document have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland” 
(“FRS 102”) and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company has taken advantage of the 
exemption provided under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish its individual income statement and related notes.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling (£’m) because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates. 

b)  Going concern
The financial results relating to the Group have been prepared on the going concern basis. The Directors believe the Group is well 
placed to manage its business risks successfully and therefore have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

c)	 New	standards,	amendments	and	interpretations
The following Adopted IFRSs have been issued but have not been applied by the Group in these financial statements. The Group is 
currently assessing the effect of these standards on the financial statements.

›	

IFRS	15	Revenue	from	contracts	with	customers	(European	Union	effective	date	1	January	2018)
IFRS 15 introduces a five-step approach to the timing of revenue recognition based on performance obligations in customer
contracts. Our initial impact assessment of IFRS 15 included a systematic review to ensure the new standard is fully understood in
advance of the effective date. Management have concluded that there will be no material impact upon adoption of this standard on
either revenue from customers or overrides from suppliers.

  With respect to revenue from customer bookings, management believes adopting IFRS 15 will have no material impact because

of the following: 

› 

› 

For customer bookings made as agent, the group performance obligations, to make the travel arrangements on behalf of the
customer, will be met once the booking has been confirmed to them, this is at the same point under IAS 18. 
For customer bookings made as principal, the Group will recognise revenue once it has fulfiled its performance obligations to
provide the package holiday. This is at the same point under IAS 18.

  With respect to revenue from supplier overrides, management believes adopting IFRS 15 will have no material impact. For the  
  majority, according to the override agreement, the Group’s performance obligations are met and overrides are earned when the

customer has booked. Although we do not consider there will be a material impact upon adoption of the standard, we will continue
to monitor adoption in the travel industry as we progress towards the date of adoption.

›	

IFRS	9	Financial	Instruments	(European	Union	effective	date	1	January	2018)
The revised standard replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and introduces new guidance for
classification and measurement, impairment of financial instruments and hedge accounting.

  On the basis of our initial impact assessment our view of the new standard is that we expect there to be no material impact upon

adoption of this standard. The new standard represents a more principle-based standard. This is not expected to impact the Group’s
ability to hedge account, although there will be additional disclosures required to complement its principle-based approach.

›	

IFRS	16	Leases	(European	Union	effective	date	1	January	2019)
IFRS 16, “Leases” provides guidance on the classification, recognition and measurement of leases to help provide useful information
to the users of financial statements. The main aim of this standard is to ensure material leases will be reflected on the balance sheet.

The new standard will replace IAS 17 “Leases” and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 unless
adopted early. The Group’s property lease commitments will be brought onto the consolidated statement of financial position using
the prospective method, as a liability with a corresponding asset. Total costs incurred remain unchanged over the life of the lease but
the timing of when those costs are recognised within the consolidated income statement will be impacted. Based on analysis of
property lease commitments held by the group at 30 September 2018, and using an estimated discount rate, the net impact on
profit is not expected to be material. There is no impact on the Group’s cash flows.

100

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d)	 Basis	of	consolidation
The Group’s consolidated financial statements consolidate the financial statements of On the Beach Group plc and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings. Classic Collection Holidays Limited was acquired on 15 August 2018. The Company’s results have been consolidated from 
the date of acquisition to 30 September 2018.

i. 

ii. 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has power over the investee, the company
is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and the company has the ability to use its
power of the investee to affect the amount of investor’s returns.
Intercompany transactions eliminated on consolidation.

Intragroup balances, and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial information. Gains arising from transactions with jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interest in the entity. Losses are eliminated in the same way as gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

e)  Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and trade and assets represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is 
subsequently remeasured at cost less any accumulated impairments losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed. On 
disposal of a subsidiary the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the cash generating units expected to benefit from the combination. If the 
recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated to first reduce the amount of goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then the other assets in the unit. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed. Impairment losses recognised for other assets is reversed only if the reasons for 
the impairment have ceased to apply.

f)  Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at the foreign exchange rate ruling at 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the 
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date.

Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.

g)  Financial instruments

i.		

Derivative	financial	instruments,	including	hedge	accounting
Fair value hedges
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage exposure to foreign exchange rate risk. Further details of
these derivative financial instruments are disclosed in note 23 of these financial statements.

On initial designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument, the Group formally documents the relationship between the  
hedging instrument and hedged item, including the risk management objectives and strategy in understanding the hedge
transaction and the hedged risk, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging
relationship. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, of
whether the hedging instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value of the respective  
hedged items attributable to the hedged risk, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80 – 125 percent.

Derivatives are recognised initially at fair value; any attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss as incurred.  
Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are charged immediately in the profit
and loss account.

ii.		

Trade	and	other	receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

101

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

iii. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of
the cash flow statement. All customer monies are held in a trust account until after the provision of the holiday service. The trust
accounts are governed by a deed between the Group, the Civil Aviation Authority Air Travel Trustees, ABTA and independent
trustees (Zedra Trust Company Limited and Travel Trust Services Limited), which determines the inflows and outflows from the  
account.

For bookings made as agent, all customer receipts are paid into the trust account in full before the holiday departure date. These  
payments are held in the trust account until the service is provided - for flights on payment to the supplier and for hotels and    
ancillaries on the customer’s return from holiday. 

iv.  	 Trade	and	other	payables

Trade and other payables including deferred consideration are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition  
they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

h)  Segment reporting
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision maker. The chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the 
operating segments, has been identified as the management team, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Finance Officer. For 
management purposes, the Group is organised into segments based on activity, and information is provided to the management team on 
these segments for the purposes of resource allocation and segment performance management and monitoring.

The management team considers there to be three reportable segments:

(i) 
(ii) 
(ii) 

“Core” - activity via UK websites (www.onthebeach.co.uk, www.sunshine.co.uk and www.onthebeachtransfers.co.uk)
“B2B” - activity via the newly acquired Tour Operator, Classic Collection Holidays Limited and its subsidiary
“International” - activity via Swedish, Norwegian and Danish websites (eBeach.se, eBeach.no and eBeach.dk)

i)  Revenue recognition
  Revenue is recognised as follows:

  As agent:

The Group acts as agent when it is not the primary party responsible for providing the components that make up the customer’s  
booking. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable in the form of commission. Commissions are
earned from the supplier or consumer in purchases of travel products such as flight tickets or hotel accommodation from third party
suppliers. Commission is recognised when all the significant risks and rewards of ownership is transferred to the customer, usually on
delivery of the booking confirmation.

  Cancellations are estimated at the reporting date based on the historical profile of bookings.

  As principal:

The Group acts as principal when it is the primary party responsible for providing the components that make up the customer’s
booking. Revenue represents amounts received or receivable for the sale of package holidays and other services supplied to the
customers. Revenue is recognised when all the significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to the customer, usually at  
the date of departure.

  Revenue is stated net of discounts, rebates, refunds and value added tax.

  Override income

The Group has agreements with suppliers whereby volume-related rebates are received in connection with the travel arrangements
  made with the customer. The income received from suppliers relates to an increase in commission received, and as such is considered
part of the Group’s revenue. The Group has some agreements whereby receipt of the income is conditional on the Group achieving
agreed volume targets.

For agreements not linked to volume targets, override income is recognised when earned by the Group, which occurs when all
obligations conditional for earning income have been discharged, and the income can be measured reliably based on the terms of the
contract, which is usually once the booking has been confirmed with the supplier.

For agreements where volume targets are in place, income is recognised once the target has been achieved. For volume targets which
span the year end the Group is required to make estimates in determining the amount and timing of recognition of override. In
determining the amount of volume-related allowances recognised in any period, management estimate the probability that the Group

  will meet contractual target volumes, based on historical and forecast performance.

  Amounts due but not yet recovered relating to override income are recognised within trade and other receivables.

102

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
j)  Dividend distribution
Final dividend distribution to the Groups shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which 
the dividends are approved by the Group’s shareholders.

k)	 Business	combinations
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method as at the acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group.

For acquisitions, the Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

› 
› 
› 
› 

the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
the recognised amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus
the fair value of the existing equity interest in the acquiree; less
the net recognised amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. Any 
contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, 
it is not re-measured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent 
consideration are recognised in the income statement.

I)	 Property,	plant	and	equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an item of 
property, plant and equipment. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Fixtures, fittings and equipment  
Buildings freehold   
Buildings leasehold 

3-5 years
50 years
50 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each balance sheet date.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful economic lives on the same bases as owned assets, or 
where shorter, over the term of the relevant lease. The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the 
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in income. 

m)	 Investment	property
Properties are externally valued on the basis of fair value at the balance sheet date. Any surplus or deficit arising on revaluing investment 
properties is recognised as other income in the income statement.

n)  Held for sale assets 
Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered or settled principally through sale rather than 
through continuing use. The asset must be available for immediate sale and the sale must be highly probable within one year of the 
reporting date. Held for sale assets are measured at the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell. 

o)	 Intangible	assets

i.  

Research and development
Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the income statement as an expense as incurred. Expenditure on
development activities directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products are capitalised
if the product or process meet the following criteria:

› 
› 
› 
› 

the completion of the development is technically and commercially feasible to complete;
adequate technical resources are sufficiently available to complete development;
it can be demonstrated that future economic benefits are probable; and
the expenditure attributable to the development can be measured reliably.

Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products or processes. Directly 
attributable costs that are capitalised as part of the software product, website or system include employee costs. Other development 
expenditures that do not meet these criteria as well as ongoing maintenance are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Development costs for software, websites and systems are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and are amortised over their 
useful lives (not exceeding five years) at the point in which they come into use.

103

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

ii.	 Brand

  Upon acquisition of the Group by OTB Topco, the On the Beach brand was identified as a separately identifiable asset. Acquisitions
  of Sunshine.co.uk Limited and Classic Collection Holidays Limited has resulted in the brand of each as being identified and  
  recognised separately from goodwill at fair value.

iii.   Amortisation
  Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such  
lives are indefinite. Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life and goodwill are systematically tested for impairment at each balance  
sheet date. Other intangible assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

  Website technology: 
  Website & development costs: 
  Brand: 
  Agent relationships 
  Customer relationships 

10 years
3 years
10-15 years
15 years
5 years

iv.   Customer relationships
  Upon the acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays Limited customer relationships have been identified as a separately identifiable    
assets. Classic Collection’s revenue is driven by a very high volume of repeat customers due to its bespoke holiday packages and the 
target market. Repeat customers are from two broad segments - independent travel agents and direct customers. There is a defined  

  margin and attrition profile differential between the two customer groups and as such two separate assets have been identified.

p)	 Impairment	of	non-financial	assets
At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangibles assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated 
in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from 
other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs. The recoverable amount of 
an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that 
cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are 
largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”).

The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating units, or (“CGU”). 
Subject to an operating segment ceiling test, for the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated 
are aggregated so that the level at which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting 
purposes. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the 
combination.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
are recognised in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any 
goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis.

q)  Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight 
line basis over the period of the lease.

r)	 Employee	benefits

i.  

ii.  

Pension scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. A defined contribution scheme is a post-employment benefit plan  
under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay
further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income
statement in the years during which services are rendered by employees.

Share-based payment transactions
Equity-settled awards are valued at grant date, and the difference between the grant date fair value and the consideration paid by
the employee is charged as an expense in the income statement spread over the vesting period. Fair value of the awards are
measured using Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo pricing models. The credit side of the entry is recorded in equity.

104

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
s)	 Financing	income	and	expenses
Financing expenses comprise interest payable, finance charges on shares classified as liabilities and finance leases recognised in profit 
or loss using the effective interest method, unwinding of the discount on provisions, and net foreign exchange losses that are recognised 
in the income statement (see foreign currency accounting policy). Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, 
construction or production of an asset that takes a substantial time to be prepared for use, are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. 
Financing income comprise interest receivable on funds invested, dividend income, and net foreign exchange gains.

Interest income and interest payable is recognised in profit or loss as it accrues, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is 
recognised in the income statement on the date the entity’s right to receive payments is established. Foreign currency gains and losses 
are reported on a net basis.

t)	 Exceptional	costs
The Group presents on the face of the income statement, those material items of income and expense which, because of the nature and 
expected infrequency of events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the elements 
of financial performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior years and to assess better trends in financial performance.

u)	 Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent 
that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and the amounts used for taxation purposes. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill; 
the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination; and 
differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount 
of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
temporary difference can be utilised.

v)  Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a 
deduction from the proceeds.

w)  Share premium and other reserves
The amount subscribed for the ordinary shares in excess of the nominal value of these new shares is recorded in ‘share premium’. 
The amount subscribed for the preference shares in excess of the nominal value of these new preference shares is recorded in ‘other 
reserves’.

Costs that directly relate to the issue of ordinary shares are deducted from share premium net of corporation tax.

x)	 Earnings	per	share
The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit 
attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. For diluted EPS, 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

y)  Capital Management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In 
order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

z)  Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
that can be reliably measured and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The Group 
specifically provides for the cancellation of bookings. The provision is estimated by applying historical cancellation data to bookings not 
travelled at the reporting date.

105

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCENotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Non statutory measures

aa)  
One of the Groups KPI’s is adjusted profit before tax. When reviewing profitability, the Directors use an adjusted PBT in order to give 
a meaningful year-on-year comparison. Whilst we recognise that the measure is an alternative (non-Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles (“non-GAAP”)) performance measure which is also not defined within IFRS, this measure is important and should be 
considered alongside the IFRS measures.

Adjusted Profit before tax is calculated by adding back those material items of income and expenditure where because of the nature and 
expected infrequency of events giving rise them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders a better understanding of the financial 
performance in the period.

3.  Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group’s accounting policies have been set by management. The application of these accounting policies to specific scenarios requires 
reasonable estimates and assumptions to be made concerning the future. These are continually evaluated based on historical experience 
and expectations of future events. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. Under 
IFRSs estimates or judgements are considered critical where they involve a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities from period to period. This may be because the estimate or judgement involves matters which 
are highly uncertain, or because different estimation methods or assumptions could reasonably have been used.

Critical accounting judgements
Principal vs Agent
Determining whether an entity is acting as a principal or as an agent requires judgement and has a significant effect on the timing and 
amount (gross or net basis) of revenue recognised by the Group. 

Management have carefully considered the agency status of each of its operational segments against the criteria set within IAS 18 and 
have concluded that both the “Core” and “International” segments are agents and that “Classic” segment is a principal. As an agent 
revenue is recognised at the point of booking on a net basis. As a principal revenue is recognised on a gross basis at the point when the 
customer depart for their holiday. 

Critical accounting estimates
Valuation of intangible assets arising on acquisition
The amount of goodwill initially recognised as a result of a business combination is dependent on the allocation of the purchase price to 
the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. To determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities 
management sought the assistance of an independent professional advisor, however to a considerable extent, these advisors are reliant 
on information and forecasts prepared by management. Management have prepared the forecasts using assumptions based on historical 
evidence and their extensive knowledge and experience of the market. In determining the fair value of the separately identifiable assets, 
the following valuation approach and assumptions have been used:

Intangible considered

Valuation approach

Key assumptions

Customer relationships - agents

Multi period excess earnings method

2% revenue growth, discount rate of 13.5%, 

Customer relationships - individuals

Multi period excess earnings method

2% revenue growth, discount rate of

10% attrition rate

Brand

Software

Relief from royalty

Replacement cost

14% (1% premium), 20% attrition rate 

13.5% (0.5% premium), 1% royalty rate

No premium for opportunity costs

The resulting calculation is sensitive to the the assumptions in respect of future cash flows, attrition rates and the royalty rate used. The 
Directors believe that the assumptions made represent their best estimate of the future cash flows and royalty rate used. 

106

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

4.  Segmental report 
As explained in note 2h, the management team considers the reportable segments to be ‘‘Core’’, “B2B” and ‘‘International’’. All segment 
revenue, operating profit, assets and liabilities are attributable to the Group from its principal activities.

Core and international recognise revenue as an agent on a net basis. Classic, included within the B2B segment recognises revenue as a 
principal on a gross basis.

Sunshine.co.uk Limited is disclosed within the “Core” segment. The 2017 numbers include transactions since acquisition.

2018

2017

Core
£’m

B2B*
£’m

Int’l
£’m

Total
£’m

Core
£’m

Int’l
£’m

Total
£’m

89.3

13.2

1.6

104.1

81.9

1.7

83.6

37.9

(1.4)

(0.9)

35.6

(7.3)

28.3

(0.6)

27.7

1.1

(2.2)

-

-

1.1

(0.2)

0.9

-

0.9

-

-

(2.2)

(0.2)

(2.4)

-

(2.4)

31.6

37.3

2.5

-

8.0

11.2

2.0

0.8

-

0.1

-

-

36.8

(1.4)

(0.9)

34.5

(7.7)

26.8

(0.6)

26.2

(0.3)

0.2

26.1

36.9

48.6

4.5

0.8

33.2

(0.5)

-

32.7

(6.6)

26.1

(2.7)

23.4

(2.0)

-

-

(2.0)

(0.2)

(2.2)

-

(2.2)

31.6

40.6

1.4

-

-

0.3

-

-

31.2

(0.5)

-

30.7

(6.8)

23.9

(2.7)

21.2

(0.2)

0.1

21.1

31.6

40.9

1.4

-

Income

Revenue

Adjusted EBITDA

Share based payments

Non underlying costs

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Segment operating profit/(loss) before exceptional costs

Exceptional

Group operating profit/(loss)

Finance costs

Finance income

Profit before taxation

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

* Results are from the acquisition date to 30 September 2018

107

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCENotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

5.  Business combinations

Acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays Limited
On 15 August 2018 the Group acquired the entire share capital of Classic Collection Holidays Limited in exchange for cash, shares and 
contingent consideration. The primary reason for the business combination was to increase market share and gain access to the Classic 
Collection Group’s B2B network

Asset acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition
The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets and liabilities relating to the acquisition are as follows:

                                                       Recognised values 
on acquisition
                 £’m

Net assets acquired 

Intangible assets 

Property plant and equipment 

Investment property 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities  

Consideration paid 

Cash paid 

Contingent consideration 

Deferred working capital 

Shares issued 

Total consideration 

Net working capital cash adjustment 

Net consideration 

Goodwill  

                11.2

                   2.0

                   0.8

                   5.0

                18.2

              (20.0)

                 (1.9)

             15.3

                17.2

                   2.7

                   0.8

                   2.6 

                23.3

                (3.3)

                20.0

                  8.0

Under IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the Classic Collection brand, including the domain name and customer relationships have been 
identified as assets separate from goodwill with a value of £11.2m. The recognition of these assets has resulted in a deferred tax liability 
of £1.9m. The goodwill balance represents the value of the workforce, the realisation of the potential increase in market share through 
gaining access to the existing distribution network of travel agents. None of the goodwill identified on this acquisition is expected to be 
deductible for tax purposes.

The Board believes the acquisition will be earnings enhancing because it will give the Group a “business to business” channel through 
which the Group can gain access to the offline short haul beach holidays market. The fair value of the contingent consideration at 
acquisition amounts to £2.7m which is the agreed payment amount. The contigent consideration will be reduced by any losses suffered 
or incurred resulting from any material breach of the Directors’ service agreements. This is deemed to be remote, and therefore doesn’t 
affect the fair value. The Directors will receive market rate remuneration for the period of the service agreement which is separate from the 
consideration amount.

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.6m have been excluded from the consideration transferred and were recognised as an expense 
in the profit and loss account within the exceptional costs line. The agreed purchase price for Classic Collection Holidays Group was 
£20m plus excess working capital of £3.3m which is equal to the total consideration of £23.3m. Due to the relatively short time between 
acquisition and 30 September 2018, the intangible assets recognised are deemed to be provisional. Included in the operating profit for the 
period ended 30 September 2018 is £1.1m attributable to the additional business generated by Classic Collection.

Had the business combination been effected as at 1 October 2017, the revenue for the Group would have been £147.4m and the 
operating profit for the period would have been £24.8m.

108

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Acquisition of Sunshine.co.uk Limited
On 9 May 2017 the Group acquired the entire share capital of Sunshine.co.uk Limited in exchange for cash and contingent consideration. 
The primary reason for the business combination was to increase the Group’s market share.

Asset acquired and liabilities recognised at the date of acquisition
The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets and liabilities relating to the acquisition are as follows:

Net assets acquired 

Intangible assets 

Property plant and equipment 

Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other payables 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities  

Consideration paid 

Cash paid 

Contingent consideration 

Total consideration 

Net working capital cash adjustment 

Net consideration 

Goodwill  

    Recognised values 
            on acquisition
                             £’m

                               1.6

   0.5

                             25.8

                               3.2 

                          (29.0)

                            (0.3)

                         1.8

                            13.0

                              3.0

                           16.0

                            (4.0)

                             12.0

                            10.2

Under IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the Sunshine.co.uk brand, including the domain name, has been identified as an asset separate from 
goodwill with a value of £1.5m. The recognition of the brand has resulted in a deferred tax liability of £0.3m.
The goodwill balance represents the realisation of the potential increase in market share and efficiencies as a result of economies of 
scale provided by the existing Group infrastructure. None of the goodwill identified on this acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax 
purposes.

The Board believes the acquisition will be earnings enhancing because of the Group’s ability to quickly leverage its modular technology 
platform to deliver a market leading customer proposition, access directly sourced, higher margin product and deliver proprietary 
personalisation and bid management technology. The acquisition will accelerate On the Beach’s growth and the compelling economic 
benefits of scale will create short to medium term synergies and further margin opportunity.

The fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition amounts to £3.0m, which is the agreed payment amount. There is one 
condition attached which may result in any expenses incurred being deducted from this consideration but the occurrence of this condition 
is considered to be remote by management.

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.7m have been excluded from the consideration transferred and were recognised as an expense 
in the profit and loss account within the exceptional costs line.

The agreed purchase price for Sunshine.co.uk was £12m. Excess working capital was paid upon acquisition as additional consideration.
Included in the operating profit for the period ended 30 September 2017 is £0.5m attributable to the additional business generated by 
Sunshine.co.uk Limited.

Had the business combination been effected as at 1 October 2016, the revenue for the Group would have been £86.2m and the operating 
profit for the period would have been £22.2m.

109

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

6.  Operating profit

a)	 Operating	expenses
Expenses by nature including exceptional items and impairment charges: 

Marketing 

Depreciation 

Staff costs (including share based payments) 

IT hosting, licences & support 

Rent 

Credit / debit card charges 

Other 

Administative expenses before exceptional costs & amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional costs (see note 6b) 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional costs and amortisation of intangible assets 

Administrative expenses 

   2018 
      £’m 

    2017
       £’m

    40.4 

     40.3

       0.5 

       0.4

     10.9 

       6.9

       1.4 

        1.1

       1.0 

        0.7      

       2.7  

        2.2 

       1.7 

        1.7

     58.6 

     53.3

       0.6 

        2.7

       7.2 

       6.4

      7.8 

      9.1

    66.4 

    62.4

b)	 Exceptional	items
Exceptional costs in the current year relate to £0.6m of costs incurred during the acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays Limited.

Exceptional items in the prior period include £0.7m of costs incurred in relation to the purchase of Sunshine.co.uk Limited and a £2.0m 
provision following the failure of the Monarch Travel Group on 2nd October 2017. The £2.0m charge is the net of a £5.0m asset relating to 
the amounts reclaimed from chargeback and a provision of £7.0m relating to our obligations under ATOL regulations.

c)  Services provided by the company auditor
During the year, the Group obtained the following services from the operating company’s auditor. 

Audit of the parent company financial statements 
Amounts	receivable	by	the	Company’s	auditor	and	its	associated	in	respect	of:
– Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
– Review of interim financial statements 
– Other assurance services 

   2018 
      £’m 
       0.1 

        0.1 
           - 
           - 
        0.2 

    2017
      £’m
        0.1

            -
            -
            -
        0.1

110

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
d)	 Adjusted	PBT
Management measures the overall performance of the Group by reference to Adjusted PBT, a non-GAAP measure as it gives a 
meaningful year on year comparison of the Group’s performance: 

Profit before taxation 
Exceptional acquisition costs 
Non underlying litigation costs 
Non underlying property costs 
Monarch charge 
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (brand, website technology and customer relationships) 
Share based payments charge* 
Adjusted PBT 

   2018 
      £’m 

    2017
      £’m 

     26.1 
       0.6 
       0.4 
       0.5 
           - 
       4.6 
       1.4 
    33.6 

     21.0
        0.7
           -
           -
        2.0
        4.3
        0.5
    28.5

*The first LTIP was granted in 2016. As the scheme reaches maturity (3 year cycle) there will be a material change to the charge 
each year. Therefore the charges have been added back to the adjusted profit measure in order to better reflect management’s 
view of the underlying performance of the business.

e)		 Group	operating	profit	before	amortisation	and	exceptional	costs
Management consider this measure to be relevant in understanding the trading performance of the Group as it excluded 
amortisation of intangible assets and items that are not expected to recur.   

7.  Employees and Directors

a)  Payroll costs
The aggregate payroll costs of these persons was as follows:

Wages and salaries 
Defined contribution pension cost 
Social security costs 
Share-based payment charges 

Staff costs above include £3.8m (2017: £2.6m) employee costs capitalised as part of software development.

b)	 Employee	numbers
Average monthly number of people (including Executive Directors) employed:

By reportable segment: 
Core 
International 
B2B 

   2018 
      £’m 

    12.0 
       0.1 
      1.2 
      1.4 
    14.7 

 2017
   £’m

  10.1
    0.1
    1.0
    0.5
 11.7

   2018 

 2017

     384 
        18 
     102 
    504 

  322
     15
        -
  337

111

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
       
   
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

c)	 Directors’	emoluments
The remuneration of Directors of the group was as follows:

Aggregate emoluments 
Defined contribution pension 
Share-based payment charges 

    2018 
      £’m 

 2017
   £’m

      0.8 
       0.1 
       0.7 
      1.6 

    0.8
        -
    0.1
   0.9

Remuneration was paid by On the Beach Limited and On the Beach Beds Limited, both subsidiary companies of the Group.
The remuneration of the highest paid director was as follows:

Aggregate emoluments 
Share-based payment charges 

d)  Key management compensation
Key management comprised the six members of the executive team.
Remuneration of all key management (including directors) was as follows:

Wages and salaries 
Short-term non-monetary benefits 
Share-based payment charges 

   2018 
      £’m 
       0.3 
       0.4 
       0.7 

2017
   £’m
    0.3
    0.1
   0.4

 2018 
    £’m 

     1.1 
     0.1 
     0.9 
    2.1 

 2017
    £’m

     1.2
     0.0
     0.3
    1.5

e)	 Retirement	benefits
Included in pension contributions payable by the Group of £0.1m (2017: £0.1m) is £42,000 (2017: £22,000) of contributions that the 
Group made to a personal pension scheme in relation to one Executive Director.

8.  Finance income and finance costs

a)  Finance costs

Rolling credit facility interest 
Finance costs 

b)  Finance income 

Bank interest receivable 
Finance income 

2018 
  £’m 
  0.3 
   0.3 

  2017
     £’m
      0.2
    0.2

2018 
  £’m 
   0.2 
    0.2 

  2017
     £’m
      0.1
    0.1

112

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
9.  Taxation

Current tax on profit for the year 
Adjustments in respect of prior years * 
Total current tax 

Deferred tax on profits for the year
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 

Total deferred tax 
Total tax charge 

   2018 
      £’m   
       6.1 
     (0.4) 
      5.7 

2017
   £’m
    5.0
  (1.1)
   3.9

    (1.1) 

 (0.8)

   (1.1) 
      4.6 

(0.8)
   3.1

The differences between the total taxation shown above the amount calculated by applying the standard UK corporation taxation rate 
to the profit before taxation on continuing operating are as follows. The Group earns its profits primarily in the UK therefore the rate 
used for taxation is the standard rate for UK corporation tax.

* The adjustment in respect of prior years for the year ended 30 September 2017 is in relation to an agreed Advanced Thin 
Capitalisation Agreement (ATCA) for financial years ended 30 September 2014 and 2015.

Profit on ordinary activities before tax 

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the effective rate of corporation tax in 
the UK of 19% (2017: 19.5%)

Effects of:
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
Total taxation charge 

   2018 
      £’m 

2017
   £’m 

    26.1 

  21.1

       5.0 

    4.2

     (0.4) 
      4.6 

 (1.1)
   3.1

The tax charge for the year is based on the effective rate of UK Corporation tax for the period of 19% (2017: 19.5%). A reduction in 
the UK corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% (effective from 1 April 2017) was substantially enacted on 26 October 2015. Further 
reductions to 18% (effective 1 April 2020) were substantially enacted on 26 October 2015 and an additional reduction to 17% 
(effective 1 April 2020) was substantially enacted on 6 September 2016. This will reduce the Group’s future current tax charge 
accordingly. 

The deferred tax liability at 30 September 2018 has been calculated based on these rates.

113

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

10.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of On the Beach Group plc by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares issued during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of On the Beach Group plc by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares issued during the period plus the weighted avaerage number of ordinary shares that would be issued 
on the conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

Adjusted pro-forma earnings per share figures are calculated by dividing adjusted earnings after tax for the year by the weighted average 
number of shares.

Basic and diluted earnings per share are the same as there is no difference between the basic and diluted number of shares.

Year ended 30 September 2018
Basic EPS 
Diluted EPS 
Adjusted EPS 

Year ended 30 September 2017
Basic and diluted EPS 
Adjusted EPS 

Adjusted earnings after tax is calculated as follows:

Profit for the year after taxation 
Adjustments	(Net	of	Tax	at	19%):	 
Exceptional acquisition costs 
Non underlying Litigation costs 
Non underlying property costs 
Monarch net charge 
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 
Share based payment charges * 
ATCA adjustment 

Adjusted earnings after tax 

Basic weighted 
average number   
of Ordinary Shares
(m) 

130.5  
130.7  
130.5  

130.4  
130.4  

Total 

Pence

earnings      per share

£’m

21.5        
21.5        
27.7        

16.5p
 16.5p
 21.2p

18.0 
22.9 

13.8p
17.6p

    2018 

       £’m 

     21.5 

           2017

   £’m

  18.0

               0.4
                   -   

        0.5 
        0.3 
        0.4                            -
                                -                        1.6
               3.6
               0.4
             (1.1)

        3.8 
         1.2 
            - 

    27.7 

           22.9

* The share based payment charges are in relation to options which are not yet exercisable.

114

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
     
        
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     
Brand 

Goodwill

£’m

£’m

Website & 
development 
costs
£’m

Website 
technology

Customer 
relationships

Total

£’m

£’m

£’m

11.  Intangible assets

Cost

At 1 October 2016

Assets acquired on acquisition 

Additions

At 30 September 2017

Assets acquired on acquisition

Additions

Disposals

30.1

1.4

-

31.5

4.4

-

-

21.5

10.1

-

31.6

8.0

-

-

At 30 September 2018

35.9

39.6

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 October 2016

Charge for the year

At 1 October 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 September 2018

Net book amount

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2017

6.0

2.1

8.1

2.2

-

10.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

25.6

39.6

23.5

31.6

3.8

0.1

2.6

6.5

-

3.8

(3.8)

6.5

0.5

2.1

2.6

2.6

(3.7)

1.5

5.0

3.9

22.5

-

-

22.5

0.3

-

-

22.8

6.8

2.2

9.0

2.2

-

11.2

11.6

13.5

-

-

-

-

6.5

-

-

77.9

11.6

2.6

92.1

19.2

3.8

(3.8)

6.5

111.3

-

-

-

0.2

-

0.2

13.3

6.4

19.7

7.2

(3.7)

23.2

6.3

88.1

-

72.5

Assets acquired on acquisition
These assets were recognised upon acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays Limited (2017: Sunshine.co.uk Limited). The amounts 
recognised are at fair value at acquisition date.

CGU

Core

Core

B2B

Acquisitions

On the Beach Travel Limited

Sunshine.co.uk Limited

Classic Collection Holidays Limited

As at 30 
Setptember 
2018
£’m

As at 30 
Setptember 
2017
£’m

21.5

10.1

8.0

39.6

21.5

10.1

-

31.6

115

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCENotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Impairment	of	goodwill
Goodwill acquired through Sunshine.co.uk has been allocated to the “core” cash generating units it operates from the same internal 
infrastructure as the core segement. Core and Sunshine are internally reported and managed as one entity. Goodwill acquired through 
the Classic Collection acquisition has been allocated to the “Classic” cash generating unit.

“Core” CGU
The Group performed its annual impairment test as at 30 September 2018 on the “core” cash generating unit (“CGU”). The recoverable 
amount of the CGU has been determined based on the value in use calculations using cash flow projections derived from financial 
budgets and projections covering a five year period. The initial three years grow 10 percent (2017: 20 percent) over the period, years’ 
four and five are extrapolated at a growth rate of 5 percent (2017: 5 percent); the forecasts are then extrapolated in perpetuity based 
on an estimated growth rate of 2 percent (2017: 2 percent), this being the Directors’ estimated view of the long term compound 
growth in the economy. This is deemed appropriate because the CGU is considered to be a long term business. Management estimates 
discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to this CGU. 
The discount rate applied is 13.5 percent (2017: 11 percent). 

“B2B”	CGU
The Group performed its annual impairment test as at 30 September 2018 on the “B2B” cash generating unit (“CGU”). The recoverable 
amount of the CGU has been determined based on the value in use calculations using cash flow projections derived from financial 
budgets and projections covering a five year period. The initial five years grow 2 percent over the period, the forecasts are then 
extrapolated in perpetuity based on an flat growth rate. This is deemed appropriate because the CGU is considered to be a long term 
business. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to this CGU. The discount rate applied is 13.5 percent. 

The main assumptions on which the forecast cash flows were based include the level of sales and administrative expenses within 
the business and have been set by the Directors based on their past experience of the business and its industry, together with their 
expectations of the market. The level of sales depends upon the size of the markets in which the Group operates together with the 
Directors’ estimations of its market share and competitive pressures, including the level of supplier overrides. 

The “International” CGU has been internally developed and as such, has no goodwill.

Administrative expenses are dependent upon the net costs to the business of purchasing services. Expenses are based on the current 
cost base of the Group adjusted for variable costs.

Development costs
Capitalised development costs are not treated as a realised loss for the purpose of determining the Company’s distributable profits as 
the costs meet the conditions requiring them to be treated as an asset in accordance with IAS 38.

Additions in the year relate to domain name acquisition costs and the development of software. The amortisation period for website 
development costs is 3 years straight line. Domain names are amortised over 10 years. Amortisation has been recognised within 
operating expenses.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
Sensitivity analysis has been completed on key assumptions in isolation, and the headroom taken is significant. Management believes 
that no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to exceed its 
recoverable amount.

116

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

12.  Property, plant and equipment

Freehold
property

Buildings
leasehold

Cost

At 1 October 2016

On Acquisition 

Additions

At 1 October 2017

On Acquisition

Additions

Disposals

Assets held for sale

At 30 September 2018

Accumulated deprecation

At 1 October 2016

Charge for the year

At 1 October 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 September 2018

Net book amount

At 30 September 2018

At 30 September 2017

£’m

-

0.3

-

0.3

2.0

-

-

(0.3)

2.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.0

0.3

£’m

-

0.3

-

0.3

-

-

-

(0.3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.3

Fixtures, 
fittings and
equipment
£’m

Assets under 
construction

Total

£’m

£’m

1.3

0.0

0.5

1.8

-

1.1

(1.4)

1.5

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.5

(1.4)

0.1

1.4

0.8

-

-

-

-

-

     1.1

-

-

1.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

1.3

0.6

0.5

2.4

2.0

2.2

(1.4)

(0.6)

4.6

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.5

(1.4)

0.1

1.1

4.5

-

1.4

Assets acquired on acquisition 
£2.0m of these assets were recognised upon acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays Limited on 15 August 2018. The amounts 
recognised are at fair value at acquisition date which equates to the net book value of these assets.

£0.6m of these assets were recognised upon acquisition of Sunshine.co.uk Limited on 9 May 2017. The amounts recognised are at fair 
value at acquisition date which equates to the net book value of these assets. The assets have been subsequently been reclassified as 
held for sale. The depreciation expense of £0.5m for the year ended 30 September 2018 and the depreciation expense of £0.4m for the 
year ended 30 September 2017 have been recognised within administrative expenses.

117

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCENotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

13.  Investment property

Cost

At 1 October 2017

On Acquisition 

At 30 September 2018

Total
£’m

-

0.8

0.8

Assets acquired on acquisition 
Investment property relates to a freehold property acquired as part of the acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays. A portion of the 
building earns rental income and has been classified as an Investment property. Rental income of £0.1m (2017: £nil) was recorded in the 
income statement in the current period.

The fair value of investment property was determined by external, independent property valuers, having appropriate recognised 
professional qualifications and recent experience in the location and category of the property being valued. The independent valuers 
provide the fair value of the Group’s investment property annually. All of the investment properties have been categorised as a Level 3 
fair value based on the inputs to the valuation technique used.

14.  Investments
Principal subsidiary undertakings of the Group consists of the parent company, On the Beach Group plc, incorporated in the UK and a 
number of subsidiaries held directly by On the Beach Group plc, which is incorporated in the UK. The registered address for each subsidiary 
is 5 Adair Street, Manchester, M1 2NQ.

The table below shows details of the wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group.

Subsidiary 

On the Beach Topco Limited 

On the Beach Limited* 

On the Beach Beds Limited 

On the Beach Bid Co Limited 

On the Beach Travel Limited 

On the Beach Trustees Limited 

On the Beach Holidays Limited 

Sunshine.co.uk Limited 

Sunshine Abroad Limited 

Classic Collection Holidays Limited 

Classic Collection Aviation Limited 

Classic Collection Holiday, Travel & Leisure Limited 

Saxon House Properties Limited 

Classic Package Holidays Limited 

Nature 
of business 

Proportion of
ordinary shares 
held by the Group

Holding company   

Internet travel agent  

Internet travel agent  

Holding company   

Internet travel agent  

Employee trust 

Dormant 

Internet travel agent  

Dormant 

Tour Operator 

Transport Broker 

Dormant 

Property Management 

Travel Agent 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100% 

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

 *On the Beach Limited has a Swedish trading division which has a corporate identity number of 516408-9186.

There are no restrictions on the Company’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

118

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.  Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Trade receivables – net 
Other receivables 
Prepayments 

            2018                 2017
               £’m                   £’m

             58.0                   47.4
                8.8                     8.3 
                4.3                    0.8
           71.1                56.5

In the prior year Other receivables includes £5m receivable in respect of a Scheduled Airline Failure Insurance claim following the failure of 
the Monarch Group on 2 October 2017. The asset was fully recovered in the year.

16.  Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale 

  2018 
    £’m 

    2017
 £’m

0.5                       -

    0.5 

-

The Group is actively attempting to sell the two properties acquired through the purchase of Sunshine.co.uk. The Group expects to sell 
both properties within the next financial year.

17.  Cash and cash equivalents
Trust accounts are restricted cash held separately and only accessible at the point the customer has travelled.

Cash at bank and in hand 

Trust account 

18.  Trade, other payables and provisions

Current 

Trade payables 

Accruals 

Contingent consideration 

Provision 

  2018 
    £’m 

    2017
 £’m

  47.3 

           33.0

  38.4 

           38.6

  85.7 

71.6

  2018 
    £’m 

    2017
 £’m

                                             15.6 

             6.9

108.1 

           79.6

     2.7 

             3.0

         - 

             7.0

126.4 

96.5

The £7m provision in the prior year in respect of the Monarch airline failure has been fully utilised in the current year. The provision 
represented the cost the Group incurred to fulfil its obligations to customers under ATOL regulations to arrange refunds or alternative 
flights.

119

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
                
 
     
        
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

19.  Borrowings
Bank	Facility
During the year the Group extended its Revolving Credit Facility with Lloyds Bank plc (the Facility) to 31 December 2019.

The borrowing limits under the Facility will vary monthly to reflect the seasonal borrowing requirements of the Group, ranging from 
£2.0m in one month to £30.0m in another month. No early prepayment fees are payable.

The margin contained within the Facility is dependent on gross leverage ratio and the rate per annum ranges from 1.10% to 1.90% for 
the utilised Facility and 0.39% to 0.67% for the non-utilised Facility.

The terms of the Facility include the following Group financial covenants:

(i) 
(ii) 

that the ratio of total debt to EBITDA in respect of any relevant period shall not exceed 2:1 and
that the ratio of EBITDA to finance charges in respect of any relevant period shall not be less than 5:1

The Group operated within these covenants during the period.

20.  Deferred tax

2018

Assets

Liabilities

Total

2017

Assets

Liabilities

Total

30 September 2016

Acquired on acquisition

Recognised in income

30 September 2017

Acquired on acquisition

Recognised in income

30 September 2018

Property, 
plants and 
equipment
£’m

Fixtures, 
fittings and
equipment
£’m

Tax 
assets/
(liabilities)
£’m

Intangible 
assets

£’m

-

(7.6)

(7.6)

-

(6.5)

(6.5)

-

0.1

0.1

0.1

-

0.1

0.3

-

0.3

-

-

-

Intangible 
assets
revaluation

Property, 
plants and 
equipment

Share based 
payments

£’m
(7.2)

(0.2)

0.9

(6.5)

(1.9)

0.8

(7.6)

£’m
-

-

0.1

0.1

-

-

0.1

£’m
-

-

-

-

-

0.3

0.3

0.3

(7.5)

(7.2)

0.1

(6.5)

(6.4)

Total

£’m
(7.2)

(0.2)

1.0

(6.4)

(1.9)

1.1

(7.2)

120

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
21.  Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid 
131,042,510 Ordinary shares @ £0.01 each (2017:130,434,763 @ £0.01 each) 

   2018 
      £’m   

2017
   £’m

       1.3 

   1.3

On 15th August 2018 the Group issued 607,747 shares as part of the acquisition of Classic Collection Holidays. The holders of ordinary 
shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Group.

22.   Reserves

The analysis of movements in reserves is shown in the statement of changes in equity.

Details of the amounts included in other reserves are set out below.

The merger reserve arose on the purchase of On the Beach TopCo Limited in the year ended 30 September 2015. 

During the year the Group issued 607,747 shares with a nominal value of £0.01 each to form part of the acquisition of Classic 
Collection Holidays. The consideration value of the shares issed was £2.6m. The excess above the nominal value of the shares has 
been credited to the merger reserve. 

The capital redemption reserve arose as a result of the redemption of preference shares in the year ended 30 September 2015.

121

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
  
 
  
      
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

23.   Financial instruments
Details of significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the 
basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument 
are disclosed in the statement of accounting policies.

At the balance sheet date the Group held the following:

Financial assets 

Deriviative	financial	assets 

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging 

Loans and receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables (note 15) 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables (note 18) 

Contingent consideration (note 5) 

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging 

Total financial liabilities 

The following table provides the fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities: 

Forward exchange contracts 

Contingent consideration 

   2018 
     £’m   

2017
   £’m

     0.1 

    - 

   85.7 

  66.8 

152.6 

  71.6

  55.7

127.3

(108.1) 

    (2.7) 

         - 

(110.8) 

(79.6)

  (3.0)

   (0.1)

(82.7)

FV Level 

2 

3 

 2018 
   £’m 

     0.1 

        - 

2017 
  £’m

(0.1)

(3.0)

There is no difference between the carrying value and fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and 

other payables and deferred consideration.

a) Fair value estimation
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have
been defined as follows:
(i)   Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
(ii)  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices)

(iii)   Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

Forward Contract 

As at 30 September 2018 

As at 30 September 2017 

Contingent consideration

As at 30 September 2018 

As at 30 September 2017 

Level 1 
     £’m 

 Level 2 
      £’m 

Level 3 
     £’m

        - 

        - 

        0.1 

         -

      (0.1) 

         -

     (2.7)

        - 

     -              (3.0)

The forward contracts have been fair valued at 30 September 2018 with reference to forward exchange rates that are quoted in an 
active market, with the resulting value discounted back to present value. 

122

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
  
 
  
       
        
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
         
b)  Financial Risk Management
In the course of its business the Group is exposed to market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk, 
liquidity risk and technology risk. The Group’s overall risk management strategy is to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial 
performance and net assets of the Group. These policies are set and reviewed by senior finance management and all significant financing 
transactions are authorised by the Board of Directors.

c)  Market Risk
The Group’s key financial market risks are in relation to foreign currency rates. Foreign currency risk results from the substantial cross-
border element of the Group’s trading and arises on sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the functional 
currency of the business. Group cash resources are matched with the net funding requirements sourced from three sources namely 
internally generated funds, loan facilities and bank funding arrangements.

The foreign currency risk is managed at Group level by the purchase of foreign currency contracts for use as a commercial hedge. During 
the course of the period there has been no change to the market risk or manner in which the Group manages its exposure. The Group is 
exposed to interest rate risk that arises principally through the Group’s revolving credit facility.

Liquidity risk, credit risk and capital risk is considered below. The executive team is responsible for implementing the risk management 
strategy to ensure that appropriate risk management framework is operating effectively, embedding a risk mitigation culture throughout 
the Group. The Board is provided with a consolidated view of the risk profile of the Group. All major exposures are identified and 
mitigating controls identified and implemented. Regular management reporting and assessment of the effectiveness of controls provide a 
balanced assessment of the key risks and the effectiveness of controls.

The Group does not speculate with derivatives or other financial instruments.

Interest	rate	risk

d)	
The Group only has a revolving credit facility which is subject to fluctuations in LIBOR.

123

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCENotes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

e)  Foreign currency risk management
The majority of the Group’s purchases are sourced from outside the United Kingdom and as such the Group is exposed to the fluctuation 
in exchange rates (currencies are principally Sterling, US Dollar, Euro, Swedish Krona, Norwegian Krona and Moroccan Dirham). The Group 
places forward cover on the net foreign currency exposure of its purchases. The Group foreign currency requirement is reviewed twice 
weekly and forward cover is purchased to cover expected usage.

The carrying amount of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as 
follows:

Euro 

Cash 

Trade payables 

Forward exchange contracts 

Balance sheet exposure 

US Dollar 

Cash 

Trade payables 

Forward exchange contracts 

Balance sheet exposure 

Swedish Krona 

Cash 

Trade payables 

Trade receivables 

Forward exchange contracts 

Balance sheet exposure 

Norwegian Krona 

Cash 

Trade receivables 

Forward exchange contracts 

Balance sheet exposure 

Moroccan Dirham 

Cash 

Trade payables 

Forward exchange contracts 

Balance sheet exposure 

     2018 
       €’m 

      2017
        €’m

        8.0 

         8.4

   (70.1) 

    (63.3)

      56.6 

      50.8

     (5.5) 

     (4.1)

     2018 
       $’m 

      2017
        $’m

        0.3 

         0.2

     (1.4) 

       (1.0)

        1.3 

         0.7

       0.2 

      (0.1)

     2018 
      Kr‘m 

      2017
       Kr‘m

         0.1 

         0.1

           - 

       (0.1)

        0.2 

         0.1

      (0.1) 

       (0.1)

        0.3 

           -

     2018 
      Kr‘m 

      2017
       Kr‘m

        0.2 

             -

          - 

             -

     (0.1) 

             -

      0.1 

            -

   2018 
MAD‘m 

      2017
  MAD‘m

       0.1 

              -

         - 

              -

    (0.1) 

              -

         - 

             -

124

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency sensitivity
The following table details the Group sensitivity to a percentage change in Pounds Sterling against these currencies with regards to 
equity. The sensitivity analysis of the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the reporting date has been determined based on a 10 
per cent change taking place at the beginning of the financial period and held constant throughout the reporting period:

Euro 

Weakening - 10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

US Dollar

Weakening -10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

SEK

Weakening -10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

NOK

Weakening -10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

DKK

Weakening -10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

MAD

Weakening -10% 

Strengthening - 10% 

 2018 

 2017

    £’m 

  (0.9) 

     0.9 

    £’m

   (0.2)

    0.2

         - 

         - 

         -

         -

         - 

         - 

     0.1

   (0.1)

         - 

         - 

         -

         -

         - 

         - 

         -

         -

         - 

         - 

         -

         -

The Group uses forward exchange contracts to hedge its foreign currency risk against sterling. The forward contracts have maturities of 
less than one year after the balance sheet date.

As a matter of policy the Group does not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes. The details of such contracts at the 
year-end, by currency were:

EUR 

30 September 

Less than 3 months 

3 to 6 months 

6 to 12 months 

Greater than 12 months 

Total 

                                 2018 
Notional 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

Fair 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

    2017 
Notional 
value 

Fair   
value 

 39.4 

  7.8 

 16.0 

  0.3 

63.5 

35.0 

7.0 

14.4 

0.2 

(0.1) 

- 

- 

- 

(56.6) 

(0.1) 

36.8 

9.8 

4.3 

- 

50.9 

32.4 

8.7 

3.8 

- 

-

(0.1) 

-

-

44.9 

(0.1)

125

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

USD

30 September 

Less than 3 months 

3 to 6 months 

6 to 12 months 

Total 

SEK 

30 September 

Less than 3 months 

3 to 6 months 

Total 

NOK 

30 September 

Less than 3 months 

3 to 6 months 

Total 

MAD 

30 September 

Less than 3 months 

Total 

Foreign 
currency 

2018 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

2017 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

1.0 

0.4 

0.3 

1.7 

0.7 

0.3 

0.2 

1.2 

- 

- 

- 

0.5 

0.2 

- 

0.7 

0.4 

0.1 

- 

0.5 

-

-

-

-

                                  2018 
Notional 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

Fair 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

    2017 
Notional 
value 

Fair   
value 

0.6 

0.2 

0.8 

0.1 

- 

0.1 

- 

- 

- 

2.5 

0.2 

2.7 

0.2 

- 

0.2 

-

-

-

Foreign 
currency 

2018 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

2017 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

0.9 

0.5 

1.4 

0.1 

- 

0.1 

- 

- 

- 

(2) 

- 

(2) 

(0.2) 

-

(0.2) 

-

-

Foreign 
currency 

2018 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

Foreign 
currency 

2017 
Notional 
value 

Fair 
value 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-

-

f)  Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. Credit 
risk arises from cash balances and derivative financial instruments, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding 
receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions. Credit risk is managed separately for treasury and operating related credit 
exposures.

The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:

At 30 September 2018 

At 30 September 2017 

Not past 
due 
£’m 

57.6 

47.3 

Past due 
0-30 days 
£’m 

Past due
>30 days 
£’m 

0.3 

0.1 

0.1 

- 

Total
£’m

58.0

47.4

The maximum exposure to credit risk at each reporting date is the fair value of financial assets and trade receivables.

126

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g)  Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.

It is Group policy to maintain a balance of funds, borrowing, committed bank loans and other facilities sufficient to meet anticipated short-
term and long-term financial requirements. In applying the policy the Group continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows against 
the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. It is Group policy to ensure that a specific level of committed facilities is always 
available based on forecast working capital requirements. Cash forecasts identifying the Group’s liquidity requirements are produced and are 
sensitised for different scenarios including, but not limited to, decreases in profit margins and weakening of sterling against other functional 
currencies.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities:

Financial liabilities at amortised cost 

Sept-18 

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Contigent consideration 

Sept-17 

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Contingent consideration 

h)  Capital management 

Carrying 
amount 

Contractual 
cash flows 

Within 1 
year 

£’m 

108.1 

15.7 

2.7 

126.5 

79.6 

6.9 

3.0 

89.5 

£’m 

108.1 

15.7 

2.7 

126.5 

79.6 

6.9 

3.0 

89.5 

£’m 

108.1

15.7

2.7

126.5

79.6 

6.9

3.0 

89.5 

It is the Group’s policy to maintain an appropriate equity capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to 
sustain the future development of the business.

The capital structure of the Group consists of the net cash (borrowings disclosed in note 19) and equity of the Group as disclosed in note 
22.

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

127

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

24.  Share based payments 
The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in, share options granted by the group

2016 LTIP

2017 LTIP

2018 LTIP

No of share 
options 
(thousands)

No of share 
options 
(thousands)

No of share 
options 
(thousands)

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the year end

536

-

-

536

807

-

(204)

603

-

424

(81)

343

2018 
CSOP 
& 
RSA

-

325

(11)

314

Total

No of share 
options 
(thousands)

1,343

749

(296)

1,796

2016 LTIP Award
On the 26th May 2016, the Group awarded 633,282 nil cost options under the scheme. The extent to which such awards will vest will 
depend on the Group’s performance over a three year period commencing from 1 October 2015. The vesting of 30% of the award will be 
dependent on a relative TSR performance condition measure over the performance period and the vesting of 70% of the award will be 
dependent on the satisfaction of an Earnings per share target measured at the end of the performance period.

Share price 
at grant date  

Exercise  Expected  Option 
volatility 

price 

Life 

Risk free  Dividend             Non- 

rate 

yield                vesting 

  Fair value
   at grant

2016 LTIP 

26 May 2016 (TSR dependent) 

26 May 2016 (EPS dependent) 

(£) 

2.595 

2.595 

(£) 

Nil 

Nil 

(%) 

(years) 

(%) 

                   conditions        date
        (£)
(%) 

(%) 

30% 

- 

3.0 

3.0 

0.44% 

0.44% 

2.00% 

2.00% 

0.0 

0.0 

       0.806

       2.470

128

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 LTIP Award
On the 26th May 2017, the Group awarded 602,425 nil cost options to key management. On the 31 May 2017, the Group awarded 
204,668 nil cost options to senior managers.

The extent to which such awards will vest will depend on the Group’s performance over a three year period commencing from 1 
October 2016. The vesting in September 2019 (Vesting Date) of 30% of the award will be dependent on a relative TSR performance 
condition measure over the performance period and the vesting of 70% of the award will be dependent on the satisfaction of an 
Earnings per share target measured at the end of the performance period.

Share price 
at grant date  

Exercise  Expected  Option 
volatility 

price 

Life 

Risk free  Dividend 

  Non- 

rate 

yield                vesting 

Fair value
   at grant

2017 LTIP 

26 May 2017 (TSR) 

26 May 2017 (EPS) 

31 May 2017 (TSR) 

31 May 2017 (EPS) 

(£) 

4.1 

4.1 

3.9 

3.9 

(£) 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

Nil 

(%) 

(years) 

(%) 

                   conditions        date
        (£)
(%) 

(%) 

30.00 

- 

30.00 

- 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

0.07% 

0.07% 

0.07% 

0.07% 

0.75% 

0.75% 

0.79% 

0.79% 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

       2.890

       4.050

       2.590

       3.840

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility at the grant date.

2018 LTIP Award
On the 20th December 2017, the Group awarded 423,709 nil cost options under the scheme. The extent to which such awards will 
vest will depend on the Group’s performance over a three year period commencing on 1 October 2017. The vesting of 30% of the 
award will be dependent on a relative TSR performance condition measure over the performance period and the vesting of 70% of the 
award will be dependent on the satisfaction of an Earnings per share target measured at the end of the performance period.

Share price 
at grant date  

Exercise  Expected  Option 
volatility 

price 

Life 

Risk free  Dividend 

  Non- 

rate 

yield                vesting 

Fair value
   at grant

2018 LTIP 

20 December 2017 (TSR) 

20 December 2017 (EPS) 

(£) 

4.5 

4.5 

(£) 

Nil 

Nil 

(%) 

(years) 

(%) 

                   conditions        date
        (£)
(%) 

(%) 

30% 

- 

3.0 

3.0 

0.54% 

0.54% 

0.62% 

0.62% 

0.0 

0.0 

       1.880

       4.420

129

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

2018 Restricted Share Award (nil-cost option) and CSOP
On 27 October 2017, the Group awarded 185,888 nil cost options to key employees excluding executive directors. The awards will vest 
on 27 October 2020 subject to continued employment, but with no other performance conditions. 

The number of shares subject to the CSOP Awards has been determined by reference to the mid-market price of a share on date of 
award (£4.27 pence per share). In order to optimize the post-tax value of the LTIP for participants, the Company has granted market 
value options as defined under UK tax legislation (“CSOP Options”) to the participants, over 138,924 Shares. The exercise price of each 
CSOP Option is £4.27 pence per share. The maximum number of awards that can be issued is 185,888. 

Share price 
at grant date  

Exercise  Expected  Option 
volatility 

price 

Life 

Risk free  Dividend 

  Non- 

rate 

yield                vesting 

Fair value
   at grant

RSA and CSOP 

(£) 

4.27 

(£) 

Nil 

(%) 

(years) 

(%) 

                   conditions        date
        (£)
(%) 

(%) 

N/A 

3 

0.55% 

0.73% 

  Nil 

       4.2

The following has been recognised in the income statement during the year:

2016 LTIP 

2017 LTIP 

2018 LTIP 

RSA and CSOP 

Total share scheme charge 

     2018 
       £’m 

      2017
        £’m

         0.1 

        0.3

        0.7 

        0.2

       0.4 

          -

       0.2 

          -

       1.4 

      0.5

130

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  Commitments and contingencies

a)  Capital commitments
The company has committed to a further £1.5m costs relating to the new company headquarters.

b)  Operating lease commitments

One year 

Two to Five years 

Over Five years 

2018 
Land 
& Buildings 
£000 

2017
Land
& Buildings
£000 

0.5 

2.4 

2.9 

5.8 

0.3

1.4

1.0

2.7

c)  Contingencies
In September 2010, proceedings were initiated against On the Beach Limited by Ryanair alleging infringement of, inter alia, its intellectual 
property rights. Proceedings remain at an early stage and there have been no material developments. Therefore the amount of the claim 
by Ryanair is unquantified as at the date of this document. The Group expects that final resolution of the dispute might take some time.

25. Related party transactions
No related party transactions have been entered into during the year. 

Transactions with key management personnel have been disclosed in note 7(d).

131

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company balance sheet

At ended 30 September 2018

Fixed assets 

Investments 

Current assets 

Debtors 

Cash at bank 

Current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net assets 

Equity

Share capital 

Merger reserve 

Capital contribution reserve 

Retained earnings 

Total equity 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue.

Paul Meehan
Chief Financial Officer
28 November 2018
On the Beach Group plc. Reg no 09736592

Note 

     2018 
        £’m 

      2017
         £’m

4 

5 

    132.6 

     132.6

      73.9 

       74.0

             - 

           0.1

      73.9 

       74.1

6 

       (2.5) 

        (3.0)

       (2.5) 

        (3.0)

    204.0 

     203.7

7 

         1.3 

          1.3

         2.6 

              -

         0.5 

          0.5

    199.6 

     201.9 

   204.0   

    203.7

132

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

At ended 30 September 2018

Balance at 30 September 2016 

Share based payment charges 

Dividends paid during the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

Balance at 30 September 2017 

Shares issued during the year 

Share based payment charges 

Dividends paid during the year 

Total comprehensive profit for the year 

Balance at 30 September 2018 

Share 
capital 
£’m 

1.3 

- 

- 

- 

1.3 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Merger 
reserve 
£’m 

Capital 
  contribution 
£’m 

   Retained
  earnings 
£’m 

Total
£’m

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2.6 

- 

- 

- 

0.5 

205.5 

207.3

- 

- 

- 

0.5 

(4.0) 

(0.1) 

0.5

(4.0)

(0.1)

0.5 

201.9 

203.7

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.2 

(3.9) 

0.4 

2.6

1.2

(3.9)

0.4

1.3  

2.6 

0.5 

199.6  

204.0

On 15th August 2018 the Group issued 607,747 shares as part of the acquisiton of Classic Collection Holidays. The holders of 
ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of 
the Group.

133

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements

At ended 30 September 2018

1.  Accounting policies
On the Beach Group plc is a public limited company which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is domiciled and incorporated in 
the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006.

Basis	of	preparation
These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 102 The Financial Reporting Standard 
applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (“FRS 102”) as issued in August 2014. The presentation currency of these financial 
statements is sterling. All amounts in the financial statements have been rounded to the nearest £1,000,000.

The financial information presented is at and for the years ended 30 September 2018 and 30 September 2017
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, an entity profit and loss account is not included as part of the published 
consolidated financial statements of On the Beach Group plc. The profit for the year ended 30 September 2018 dealt with in the financial 
statements of the parent company is £0.4m (2017: loss £0.1m).

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these financial 
statements. The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis.

The directors have used the going concern principal on the basis that the current financial projections and facilities of the consolidated 
Group will continue in operating for the foreseeable future.

Investment	in	subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider whether any events or 
circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of fixed asset investments may not be recoverable, if such 
circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to establish whether the carrying amount exceeds the higher of net 
realisable value or value in use. If this is the case, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related investment.

Related party transactions
Under the provisions of FRS 102.33.1A, the company is exempt from disclosing the details of related party transactions on the basis that 
they are wholly owned subsidiaries.

2.  Director’s emoluments
The Company has no employees other than the Directors. Full detail of the Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 61 to 84.

3.  Shared based payments
The Company recognised total expenses of £1.4m (2017: £0.5m) in the year in relation to the Long Term Incentive Plan. Details of this 
scheme is described in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

Investments

4. 
The £132,613,000 investment in subsidiary undertakings made in 2015 relates to the capital re-organisation of the Group in 2015. 
There has been no movement in the current year.

134

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

 
Notes to the Company financial statements

At ended 30 September 2018

5.  Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year: 

Amounts owed by group undertakings 

6.  Creditors due within one year

Current 
Amounts owed to group undertakings 
Bank overdraft 
Trade payables 
Accruals 

7.  Called-up share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid 

131,042,510 Ordinary shares @ £0.01 each (2017:130,434,763 @ £0.01 each) 

    2018 
      £’m 

    73.9 

    73.9 

   2017
      £’m

    74.0

   74.0

    2018 
      £’m 
           - 
       2.1 
       0.1 
       0.3 
      2.5 

    2017
      £’m
       2.7
           -
           -
       0.3
      3.0

    2018 
      £’m 

    2017
      £’m

       1.3 

      1.3 

       1.3

      1.3

8.  Contingent liabilities and guarantees

The company is a guarantor to a borrowing facility relating to a revolving credit facility provided to the Group. The amount borrowed 
under this agreement at 30 September 2018 was £nil (2017: £nil).

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within its group, 
the company considers these to be insurance arrangements and accounts for them as such. In this respect, the company treats 
the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes probable that the company will be required to make a 
payment under the guarantee.

135

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary of alternative performance measures 
(APMs)

APM

Definition

Reconciliation to closest GAAP measure

Adjusted 
Core EBIT

Adjusted 
Core 
EBITDA

Adjusted Core EBIT is based on Core operating profit 
before the impact of certain costs / income that derive 
from events or transactions that fall outside of the 
normal activities of the Group. This also includes the 
non-cash cost of the share based payment schemes. 
These costs / income are excluded by virtue of their 
size and in order to reflect management’s view of the 
performance of the segment.
Share based payments: The first annual LTIP was 
granted in 2016. As the scheme reaches maturity 
(3 year cycle) there will be a material change to the 
charge each year. Therefore these have been added 
back to adjusted profit measures in order to reflect 
managments view of underlying performance of the 
business.

Adjusted Core EBITDA is based on Core operating 
profit before depreciation, amortisation and the 
impact of certain costs / income that derive from 
events or transactions that fall outside of the normal 
activities of the Group. This also includes the non-
cash cost of the share based payment schemes. 

These costs / income are excluded by virtue of their 
size and in order to reflect management’s view of the 
performance of the Segment.

International 
EBITDA

International EBITDA is based on International 
operating profit before depreciation and amortisation.

Classic 
EBITDA

Classic EBITDA is based on Classic operating profit 
before depreciation and amortisation.

Adjusted 
Profit before 
Tax

Adjusted Profit before Tax is based on Profit before 
Tax adjusted for amortisation of acquired intangibles, 
and the impact of certain costs / income that derive 
from events or transactions that fall outside of the 
normal activities of the Group. This also includes the 
non-cash cost of the share based payment schemes. 
These costs / income are excluded by virtue of their 
size and in order to reflect management’s view of the 
performance of the Group.

Adjusted Core operating profit (£m)

Core operating profit

Non-underlying costs

Share Based Payments

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Adjusted Core EBIT

2018

27.7

2017

23.4

1.5

1.4

4.3

2.7

0.5

4.3

34.9

30.8

Adjusted Core EBITDA (£m)

Core Operating Profit

Non-underlying costs

Share Based Payments

Depreciation and amortisation

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

2018

27.7

2017

23.4

1.5

1.4

3.0

4.3

2.7

0.5

2.4

4.3

Adjusted Core EBITDA

37.9

33.2

International EBITDA (£m)

International Operating Profit

Depreciation and amortisation

International EBITDA

Classic EBITDA (£m)

Classic Operating Profit

Depreciation and amortisation

Classic EBITDA

Adjusted Profit before Tax (£m)

Profit before Tax

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Share Based Payments

Non-underlying costs

2018

(2.4)

0.2

2017

(2.2)

0.2

(2.2)

(2.0)

2018

2017

0.9

0.2

1.1

2018

26.1

2017

21.1

4.6

1.4

1.5

4.3

0.5

2.7

Adjusted Profit before Tax

33.6

28.5

136

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

APM

Definition

Reconciliation to closest GAAP measure

Adjusted Profit 
after Tax

Adjusted Profit after Tax is based on 
Profit after Tax adjusted for amortisation 
of acquired intangibles, and the impact 
of certain costs / income that derive from 
events or transactions that fall outside of 
the normal activities of the Group. This also 
includes the non-cash cost of the share 
based payment schemes. These costs / 
income are excluded by virtue of their size 
and in order to reflect management’s view 
of the performance of the Group.

Adjusted Profit after Tax

Profit for the year

Share based payments (net of tax)

Non-underlying costs (net of tax)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Adjustment in respect of ATCA

Adjusted Profit after Tax

2018

21.5

1.2

1.2

3.8

-

27.7

2017

18.0

0.4

2.2

3.4

(1.1)

22.9

Non-underlying 
costs

Operating cash 
conversion

Non-underlying costs are certain costs 
/ income that derive from events or 
transactions that fall outside of the 
normal activities of the Group. These 
costs / income are excluded from various 
performance measures by virtue of 
their size and in order to better reflect 
management’s view of the performance of 
the Group.

Non-underlying costs

One-off property costs

One-off litigation costs

Acquisition costs

Monarch failure

Non-underlying costs

Operating cash conversion is adjusted 
EBITDA (see above) divided by operating 
cash flows excluding cash flows that 
derive from events of transactions that 
fall outside the normal activities of the 
Group. These cash flows are excluded from 
various performance measures by virtue 
of their size and in order to better reflect 
management’s view of the performance of 
the Group.

Operating cash conversion (£m)

Operating profit

Depreciation

Amortisation

Non-underlying costs

Share based payments

Adjusted operating profit

Capitalised development spend

Movement in working capital

Capital expenditure

Adjusted operating cash flow

Operating cash conversion

Acquired working capital adjustment

Assets under construction (New HQ)

Adjusted operating cash

Adjusted operating cash conversion

2018

2017

0.5

0.4

0.6

-

1.5

-

-

0.7

2.0

2.7

2018

26.2

2017

21.2

0.5

7.2

1.5

1.4

36.8

(3.8)

(1.9)

(2.2)

28.9

79%

2.2

1.1

32.2

90%

0.4

6.4

2.7

0.5

31.2

(2.7)

(3.3)

(0.6)

24.6

79%

3.5

-

28.1

88%

Core revenue 
after marketing 
cost

Core revenue after marketing cost is 
revenue after “core” online and offline 
marketing costs. 

Core revenue after marketing costs

Core revenue

Core online marketing costs

Core off-line marketing costs

Total core marketing

Core revenue after marketing costs

2018

2017

89.3

81.9

(33.2)

(33.5)

(4.1)

(3.5)

(37.3)

(37.0) 

52.0

44.9

137

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCEGlossary of alternative performance measures 
(APMs)

APM

Definition

Reconciliation to closest GAAP measure

Adjusted 
EPS

Adjusted EPS is calculated on the weighted 
average number of Ordinary share in issue, 
using the adjusted profit after tax.

Adjusted EPS

Core operating profit

Basic weighted average number of 

Ordinary Shares (m)

Adjusted EPS (p)

2018

2017

27.7

22.9

130.5

130.4

21.2

17.5

Operating 
profit before 
amortisation 
and 
exceptional 
costs

Operating profit before amortisation 
and exceptional costs is based on Group 
operating profit, adjusting for amortisation 
of acquired intangibles and the impact of 
certain costs that derive from events or 
transactions that fall outside of the normal 
activities of the Group.

Operating profit before amortisation and 

2018

2017

exceptional costs (£m)

Operating profit

Exceptional costs

Amortisation of intangibles

26.2

21.2

0.6

7.2

2.7

6.4

Operating profit before amortisation 

34.0

30.3

and exceptional costs (£m)

Core 
EBITDA as a 
percentage 
of revenue

Core EBITDA as a percentage of revenue 
is based on the adjusted core EBITDA 
divided by the revenue generated in the core 
business.

Core EBITDA as percentage of revenue

Revenue

Adjusted core EBITDA

Core EBITDA as a percentage of 
revenue

2018

2017

89.3

37.9

81.9

33.2

42.4%

40.5%

International 
revenue 
after 
marketing 
costs

International revenue after marketing costs 
is based on International revenue after all 
marketing costs.

International revenue after marketing costs

2018

2017

Revenue

Marketing costs

International revenue after marketing 
costs

1.6

(3.0)

(1.4)

1.7

(3.3)

(1.6)

138

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018

Shareholder Information

Registered Office
5 Adair Street, 
Manchester
M1 2NQ
United Kingdom

Tel: c/o FTI Consulting on 020 3727 1000
Web: www.onthebeachgroupplc.com (Corporate)
Web: www.onthebeach.co.uk (UK)
Web: www.ebeach.se (Sweden)
Web: www.ebeach.no (Norway)
Web: www.sunshine.co.uk (UK)
Web: www.classic-collection.co.uk (UK)

Investor relations: corporate@onthebeach.co.uk

Cautionary statement
The purpose of this Annual Report is to provide 
information to the members of the Company. The 
Company and its Directors accept no liability to third 
parties in respect of this Annual Report save as would 
arise under English law.

This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking 
statements with respect to the financial condition, 
results, operations and businesses of the Company. 
Forward looking statements are sometimes, but not 
always, identified by their use of a date in the future or 
such words as ‘anticipates’, ‘aims’, ‘due’, ‘will’, ‘could’, 
‘may’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, ‘believes’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, 
‘targets’, ‘goal’ or ‘estimates’. These forward-looking 
statements involve risk and uncertainty because they 
relate to events and depend on circumstances that 
may or may not occur in the future. 

There are a number of factors that could cause actual 
results or developments to differ materially from 
those expressed or implied by these forward-looking 
statements, including factors outside the Company’s 
control. The forward-looking statements reflect the 
knowledge and information available at the date 
of preparation of this Annual Report and will not 
be updated during the year. Nothing in this Annual 
Report should be construed as a profit forecast.

Company Secretary
Kirsteen Vickerstaff
5 Adair Street, 
Manchester
M1 2NQ
United Kingdom

Corporate Brokers
Numis Securities Limited
10 Paternoster Row 
London 
EC4M 7LT

Independent auditors
KPMG LLP
8 Princes Parade
Liverpool
L3 1QH

Registrar
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU

Corporate solicitors
Addleshaw Goddard LLP
One Peter’s Square
Manchester
M2 3DE

Corporate PR advisers
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London
EC1A 4HD

139

ON THE BEACH GROUP PLC  |  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE